11145 lines
306 KiB
Plaintext
11145 lines
306 KiB
Plaintext
|
SIBO 'C' Software Development Kit
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Version 2.30
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
March 1, 1999
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
(C) Copyright Psion PLC 1991-98
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
All rights reserved. This manual and the programs referred to herein are copyrighted works of Psion PLC,
|
|||
|
|
London, England. Reproduction in whole or in part, including utilization in machines capable of
|
|||
|
|
reproduction or retrieval, without express written permission of Psion PLC, is prohibited. Reverse
|
|||
|
|
engineering is also prohibited.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion and the Psion logo are registered trademarks, and Psion, Psion MC, Psion HC, Psion Series 3, Psion
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a, Psion Series 3a, Psion Siena and Psion Workabout are trademarks of Psion PLC.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TopSpeed is a registered trademark of Clarion Software Corporation. IBM, IBM XT and IBM AT are
|
|||
|
|
registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corp. Microsoft and MS-DOS are registered
|
|||
|
|
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer
|
|||
|
|
Inc. VAX and VMS are registered trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation. Brief is a registered
|
|||
|
|
trademark of Underware Inc. Psion PLC acknowledges that some other names referred to are registered
|
|||
|
|
trademarks.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Contents
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 Introduction to the WorkaDout ...........scscccsccesccsrccesecesccesscssecssecsseeseesessseesesessesseseseesseseseseeees 1-1
|
|||
|
|
SWitChiti 9: On-atid OFF csc s5 ssecbessyss55sodutn duet cpan ca soonss des panda sucess ssc cuap hash ante dees pes dbsvecup sass 1-1
|
|||
|
|
Switching on for the first time... eee eeeeeeeneeesseecsneeceseecesaeeesseecsaeecseeseseeeesaeeesaeers 1-1
|
|||
|
|
StALtUp SSDs. vs cosessscteresies ahs vissasds ues cabs yateanaa ihe sedagues badass cobssaehsaasahecabstustssnesans sabetiss 1-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The basic hard Wate: cesccccccseceicccsaccaeccdaceanccsvesanceaessancesevsercedescarcesvsdnecevsccencenvedsa ceneedeaceseadea 1-2
|
|||
|
|
IPLOGESSOM sa. vovasycustseedevetanteedoteveseds (ents beets lededss evils beetenedess Cotta beet deda tous beebevededagerss bushes 1-3
|
|||
|
|
Internal MeMOryscss.3 isha hesee ea yhetesiebeseentyheipetiadesycnetes vee deseenedals Sua deiyekaeaeeeeess 1-3
|
|||
|
|
Solid Statedisks (SSDS) sa. sss seesaheteck Geiss Ak cash aes ice Hen in cee Ghek Hk cae cee Heese aU dee 1-3
|
|||
|
|
Expansion modules <:.2:.2s:c.cneveiseut ens never sist vei ceavigussosh ues Saveeoabuanaes os aieees 1-3
|
|||
|
|
Communications’ POrts, .: siete. gedeasveg vest tefoceg ies bent ede vote seeghiet teseceiee paint dhteeeteuegeit aes 1-4
|
|||
|
|
"PE HOMSter sy cases seecevs gy feet ete beeen deh Sandee eee eaea a daee be ebudanoann edeedeeeddandaanedvvaeebidenieanedeebesy 1-4
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout Docking Station (Cradle) ............ccceccceeessceceeseeceeeeeneeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeeas 1-4
|
|||
|
|
POWer SUPPLY.ssasice ses sesetieasessie nite avd tht dia ev eaeead ies ey aaeeaE Vee Tne 1-4
|
|||
|
|
PRG TUS: «. sessthtees ectcede dart edenades Mes taseedeascatatedadeesdesaentadidetersdicnearadisedeaedieeectetedetiaedacbestathe 1-6
|
|||
|
|
Caution regarding lithium batteries 0.00.0... cee eeeeeeeeneeceneessneeceseeeesaeecsaeesseessneeeesaes 1-6
|
|||
|
|
DELEEI Fe sevchaticust ectewn vatetoansubest dev Ateteves tics den Selitle ces slive den alnveak tue stn talce sus biunetndaeneeeaveune gone 1-6
|
|||
|
|
Keyboard iccis scsi ites ccvescaeccstechaceeedcdaccvs ccaacevsdeaecesuccaa sen uccuaseauacaadeasdesacvsecesaevandeseevatcesediaa 1-7
|
|||
|
|
BUZZEi 2 ooccestitcatetevetans dc tcatetecstagece ecetutecstsench teal tude tatncnde cee tedstathsh Meath tucsscsuce tien siey 1-8
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The: basic: Software vs. fos. de lbess eevsas eavdivs Avda tseaeback Atadees dactdaes Auge bead devded Suan hiae estigs Anatase. 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Versions of the Workabout software ............::cccssececeesseeeeeeenceeeeeeaeeeeeenneeesseneeeeesneeeees 1-8
|
|||
|
|
ROM. component scicc.sississsadecisssuecasnastasaapesadaastestgtaspesed subs oseageie sont susvanesessakd Maceohaaess 1-9
|
|||
|
|
Command: Processor s:ac..:ccscciesesciedessecnedestvahed csnvabedesushedontdenedensanhedenuehe dveaseheduvatenecee 1-9
|
|||
|
|
System Screen and PIM applications 20.0.0... eeeeeesecesseeesseessseeceseeeesaeecsaeesseeesseeeesaes 1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Resetting the Workabout ..........ccescceesscesseccesseeesseecscecscecsseecesaecesaeecsaeessaceseseesesaeeesaeeseaeess 1-10
|
|||
|
|
SOM TESCts aie. cori coors Se csctnk geet oe head a ath ecto od eh eteled aie teed AON tte 1-10
|
|||
|
|
Hard reset. cccses cess scavcessacat ceanceanceana cabevandevedeanacasesaa devedsanccaucues deveiaerccseccaacesvicaacesccaacees 1-10
|
|||
|
|
COld TESEt: ccesiee, cecditadsinattnessnt ated state voveintede delasids deiatelede lave degnintededadseteiadasebedadarevevacsteles 1-10
|
|||
|
|
What happens after a reset... eeeeeeseecssceceseeeesseeesseecsacecseecssaecessaeesseessteeesseeeesaes 1-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Customising the Workabout ..............cccesscceceeenceeceeecceecesneeeeceeenaeeceseneeeeseaeeeeeeeaseeensnneeeenees 1-10
|
|||
|
|
Hardware Customisation ............cc:ccccessccceesenceeeeseceeeeeeeeecesnneeeecesseeeeeseaeeeeeeeneeesseeeeess 1-10
|
|||
|
|
Software CUStOMISATION ...........:cecccceessseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeceseeceeeeseaeeeceseaeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeneneeees® 1-11
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Connecting to other COMPULETS ......... eee eeeeeeseessseecsscecsseeceseecesaeeesaeecsaeecsaeecseesesaeeesatessaeers 1-11
|
|||
|
|
Hardware connection si.siss3.e.cccccsseicsvecueiessevendesvesendesesdardcenisenccseiderscovicanccesddendcnvcencens 1-11
|
|||
|
|
SOMWAre: CONMECHON 6.4. cecini Jes Aid cee cbs See RON oeeetid ses abcde eretnehes Glade dens abcteneteeeacts 1-11
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 Writing Software for the Workabout................ccssssscssssssccsssseccssscesssscsccsssscscesssscsesssscsesssnees 2-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Basic programming ChOICES...........::ccceeeecceeeseceeceeneececeenceceeseaeeeceenneeeceeneeeeeseaeeeseeseeeeneaees 2-1
|
|||
|
|
Standard C (CLIB) or Psion C (PLIB) ou... cccccccssssccccccceesssssneeeeeeeeessesseeeeeeeeesseeaaee 2-1
|
|||
|
|
Writing the user interface ............ececcccceseccceeesneeeeeeeaeeceesnneeesseaeeeceenneeecseeeeeessaeeeesenees 2-2
|
|||
|
|
Synchronous or asynchronous Processing ..........:cseseccsseeceseeceseeesseeecseecsseeesseesesaeeesaes 2-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CUStoMisatiOn OPtlONS ..........ccccccessncceeesececeeseeeecseeneeeeseeeeeeeeaeeceecesneeeeseeaeeeceenaeeesesneeeeenees 2-3
|
|||
|
|
Replacin® the: Startup Shell: ss os5-Mcissioie Asti esabiantie Anis aivien Aivisstees 2-3
|
|||
|
|
Replacing the Command Processot...........::ccscccsssccessseeesseeeeseeeesseecseessneecsseeeesaeeesaeers 2-4
|
|||
|
|
Replacing the System. Screen ...3..35..ccesesiasesadacseostesisseendoeseesteauaceebdaasoesteaesdeesdbadoeckedist 2-4
|
|||
|
|
Adding System Screen applications ..........c:cesscesssecsscecsseeeesseeesaeecseecseecesaeeesaeessaeers 2-4
|
|||
|
|
Supplying:an autoexec files.ci.ccsaeapiean liane ante Ane seis 2-5
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Programming guidelines ............cceecccceessccceeeeeeceeseeeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeceesneeeeceeaeeeeeeeaeeeseenateeensas 2-6
|
|||
|
|
Some consequences of not running under the System Screen ...........ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 2-6
|
|||
|
|
Data inte srity:.iice.vel ist aise. pai ste naval halos Hie ae ein bi ea ain ee! 2-6
|
|||
|
|
AGO-FIES ss oseedeertedederst cgeatsh ebedetabeteriastatedetepedesavtadigeter obicevatidete wba echadeeetabvnrectahe 2-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
No access to WLD: or ALMS? .0......ccccccecccccesecccceecceceecceseeeececeuecceeseecceseueccsseuecseseeceees 2-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Programming CxaMples...........seeeccesseesssecesseecsseecssceceseeeesseeesececsseecesseeesaeecsaeessneeseseeeenaes 2-8
|
|||
|
|
The: Vables:applyCation 's:. see. ecs sees teed ses oben ote tt dad avsk cee stetean sab env estedesh ant evened were 2-8
|
|||
|
|
The: Ledtestiapplicatt on .-.: ss.t.53 ocak civtaden us ioeks cobssah seul eoeieceh iota sguievesocebguhsqus eoubeavdgden ake 2-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout specific environment variables ............cccccccessceesseesseeeeeceeeeneeeeneeeseeeeseeenseeensaes 2-10
|
|||
|
|
SSSVER waccgesdescedaveeniatevt deviated etiveaeavaateiehiveedovia tea edneidivie bei badeaeienen ba deh elated 2-10
|
|||
|
|
CBP O recoshnten ote a ian settee a ead sai tee led Sah Ook eater ah Ok, Ren loet NA Des, Bon loet al ace, ad 2-10
|
|||
|
|
CSPA-t0:C$PZi,. env ckn elie ik neni ol bavi wan ev oval seed Wari eweineas oleae. 2-11
|
|||
|
|
CBRE ote ssena cede vetvDied tot atgateceDecbschasedateneDigvustasteatessdicbantecidstetelestevtedidadesaleva cetedidetetstisess 2-11
|
|||
|
|
COPS casccescosivscelecevcesnvdiveceeugeatuatohise cued i eaivdivedanvies vecabhavecaiubesndusdiss Gavtauecsaeseeneionees 2-11
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Error! Not a valid heading level in TOC entry on page 1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor MENUS ...........sseceeseeesseeeesseessseecseecsseecesaeeesaeecsaeecseeseseesesaeeesaeers 3-1
|
|||
|
|
Font sizes and ZOOM SettingS ..........cscceeeeccesseeesseecsseeeeseseecseecscecsseeeesseecsaeesseeseneeensaes 3-2
|
|||
|
|
Batch file processing. 2) ssi s2s8s evts2exs sats Aiveceis ove sees Ave favs chvs cies Ake eehs evssoes Baa subacewscovs aes 3-3
|
|||
|
|
aun chin Programs: scssscsiiseaiasnsceuteanieendeseapesteansteasasesDeenegasteatsenapeatesustentaaaneeasaayse «ak 3-3
|
|||
|
|
Synchronous and asynchronous programs...........seceeecesseessseecsneeesseeeesaeeesaeesseeseeeenes 3-4
|
|||
|
|
Fermin atin ® Programs... iss oisssi asset Asveessaeeiesiaeteal Abvies Lao desiastisss Ancaster ts 3-4
|
|||
|
|
‘Phe command line: editor’ 2s. cogs is s2.5 saves cavscebaded Sines eevtckes eed stage sttevesiel siseesnieeved aaveeeed ss 3-5
|
|||
|
|
Pausing the screen: displays, ss.sissssciisgsviceetesissestdashoentactagectdsieeetectaaantdstenteteageetdanteess 3-6
|
|||
|
|
Running multiple System Interfaces ......... eee eeeeeeseeesseecsseeeeseecesaeecsaeecsaeessseeesseeeesaes 3-6
|
|||
|
|
Piles:and GireCtOries’ os ssncsedveeetiveg Sane vaup ouste cep set sens ousted ste sutgoent-cupsaseautpeautetey sams svtgeateaestes 3-6
|
|||
|
|
File In’ Use error Messages, 2..2..,5.0teciyieetuseie denise eegeede denies deeded aie dete denreesese 3-6
|
|||
|
|
Default path and current CirectOry .......... cc eeeeeeseccsseceseesseecseeceseeessaeecsaeessneeesneeeesaes 3-6
|
|||
|
|
Specifying file names as command parameters «0.0.0... ce seeeseeeeseeeeeeeceseeeseneeeseerseeeeee 3-7
|
|||
|
|
Specifying paths as command parameters ............esceesecceseeceseeeseeecsseecseeseseeeeseeeesaes 3-7
|
|||
|
|
Wildcards..:2i.shts neh heat Rite al aoe pe Bate ey he aeiee ess 3-8
|
|||
|
|
The requirements of generality... eee ee eeceeseecesneecseecscecessaeeesaeecsaeecsseessneeseseeeesaes 3-8
|
|||
|
|
Alphabetical listins.4-i.2cs4ccisascstiaictistativesilathcs sts hoeeuds bests Montistbaaatoatisseniaeetionss 3-8
|
|||
|
|
IN OFA EONS 325 5255s Shek sceh sul ak eons a biota end Seb vce oh Sachs oui Siuycanh ss chgeed Setecbebseehes Daesibcevscre bacnebehes 3-8
|
|||
|
|
Set or clear file attributes (ATTRIB)............:cccccccssssssecceccesssessneeeeeeeeessesseeeeeeeeeseeenaes 3-9
|
|||
|
|
Run the calculator application (CALC)... ceeeeseseecsseeseseeceseeeesaeecsaeesseeenseeeeseneers 3-9
|
|||
|
|
Call a batch file from inside another batch file (CALL)... ccccccccceccceeesessteeeeees 3-9
|
|||
|
|
Display or alter current directory (CD) ........eeeeeeseceseeesseecsseeceeeeeesaeessaeecseneeessaeeesaes 3-10
|
|||
|
|
Chanse:direct6ry (GHDIR)::. ei sisacaveere tiie antiess Landis nathan seohie nthe pds abitaa ds 3-10
|
|||
|
|
Clear the Screen: (CLS): fsce here ocre heise. da tested ential erential eed 3-10
|
|||
|
|
Run the communications application (COMMS) .........:ceseeesseeceseeeeereeeseessneeeeneeeesas 3-10
|
|||
|
|
Copy file(s) (CORY) 3 sins ili Bini Shien el ind ale liend etait 3-11
|
|||
|
|
Run the database application (DATA) ........eeeeeeceseeeeesneeesneeeseeceseeeesaeeesaeessaeessaeeeees 3-11
|
|||
|
|
Display:date (DATE) s2.cc5s.cceesecustie.duos caus eabvtied tubs falstberensh shin Padhosenss Ra Paes 3-12
|
|||
|
|
Delete: fle(S)i(DEUS) sxc c.sesissestishigestest cent astagesteaioraneuap eae siseentdeaapseuasloasigaasganaaicasiens 3-12
|
|||
|
|
Full directory: listing ‘(DER):3: si sk ud segs hess ion Sskeeeuheiieieeiecd ogchenshccebiued sans coubedeagesh oncnenwate 3-12
|
|||
|
|
Display message, set or display echo mode (ECHO) ..........eseessesseeceeneeseneeesneeeeeeeeee 3-13
|
|||
|
|
Run the program, script or batch file editor (EDIT) «0.00... eee eeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeeneees 3-13
|
|||
|
|
Delete: file(s) (ERASE) wce.scisissatashesadaasees na aiitcseaebentacinte pdaviasatassengaweesteaiateendaseastan 3-14
|
|||
|
|
Display error state (ERRLEVEL) .........eceeceesesseesseecsseeceseeessaeeesaeecsaeecsaeesseeeesaeeesaes 3-14
|
|||
|
|
Terminate the Command Processor (EXIT) .............ccccssscccecceeessessseeeeeeeseseessseeeeeeeeeees 3-14
|
|||
|
|
List:open' files: (RULES)... 2..scissetreuks fovdecbedeseescees hia devia ee bivnina cas A wetevs Ake fetta weeens eben 3-14
|
|||
|
|
Run a command for the files in a set (FOR) ...........cccccesscsssccecceesssesseeeeeeeeessssseeeeees 3-15
|
|||
|
|
Format and re-label local volume (FORMAT) ............cc:cccccccccessessseeeeeeeeessessseeeeeeeeenes 3-15
|
|||
|
|
Jump to label in batch file (GOTO)... cee ceeeeececessseeeessneeeceeeaeeeeesnneeesseneeeessneeeess 3-15
|
|||
|
|
List commands or get help (HELP)...........eeceesceeeseecsseeesseeeeseeeesaeecsaeesseessneessseeeesaes 3-15
|
|||
|
|
Run command conditionally (IF) ...........:cccccceesssceeeeeseeeceeeeeeceeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeceeeneeeeeseas 3-16
|
|||
|
|
Kill a process (KILL) .0........eeccccceessceceessceceesneeeeeesaeeecesneeecseaeeecssnaeeceeceeeeeeeseaeeeeeeanees 3-16
|
|||
|
|
Add/alter disk volume label (LABEL) .............::cccccccsssssscceceeeessessneeeeeeeeessessneeeeeeeeeees 3-16
|
|||
|
|
Start Link progrart (IINK)) |issscies2.4s sess chee doetcavssibt Ans tout ca vesies Ale devs euereses das Pot eawsoevs devas 3-17
|
|||
|
|
List logical device drivers (LLDEV)..........:::::ccccsssscceeeeeeeeeeneeeesenneeeseeneeeeeseneeeesetnaaees 3-17
|
|||
|
|
List physical device drivers (LPDEV)..........:ssccesscessseecsseeceseseeesseecsaeecsaeessneeseseeeesaes 3-18
|
|||
|
|
List: processes’ (EPROG) oa ssi easievidssiiciecetesiascaassisens aosiesevabachacsansebecuvacevedsansinasusuebeaes 3-18
|
|||
|
|
List segments (SEG) 5c cecus tess tectes sci dav lieben suis Ses actve cenatvns fevialve bevseeee ies ivedeveteueds 3-19
|
|||
|
|
Make directory (MD), ici stsnscstcainecsslaiedetda weceatatedeteates castactedah athasstateastag nea lniedes 3-20
|
|||
|
|
Display free memory (MEM)............:ceesceeesecceseeeseeesseecsacecsseaeeesaeecsaeessaeessneeessaeeesaes 3-20
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INDEX
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Make directory (MKDIR) .............ccecesccceeeenceeeesnceeeeeeneeeceseaeeeceeeeeeeseaeeeeeenaeeeseeneeeeeenee 3-20
|
|||
|
|
Suspend batch file processing (PAUSE )..........ceseesseessecsseeceseeessneecsaeecsaeesseesssaeeesaes 3-20
|
|||
|
|
Terminate current batch file (QUIT))..........ccccessscccccccesssesseceeeceeeesessseeeeeecesssesseeeeees 3-20
|
|||
|
|
Remove directory (RD)..........::ccscccecesscceceeseeeeceeneeeeeeeaeeeceenaceeeeeeeeeeseaeeeseeeaeeeseeneeeeeeeas 3-21
|
|||
|
|
Get the cause of the last system shutdown (REASON )............:cccsccceeesseeeeceeeeteeeeeenees 3-21
|
|||
|
|
Comment (remark) in batch file (REM).............cccccccccccesssesseeceeeeeessesseeeeeeeeessesseeeeees 3-21
|
|||
|
|
Rename file(s) (REN) ............cccccesssscceceessessnseceeeecesseesnsaeeeeceesesseseesaeeeeeceesessnsaeeeeeeeeess 3-22
|
|||
|
|
Remove directory (RMDIR)............cc:ccccesseceeeeseeeeeeeeeeecesnaeeeeseeeeeeseaeeeseenaeeeseeneeeeeeeas 3-22
|
|||
|
|
Display, set or delete environment variable (SET) ..........eeeeeseesseecsneeeeseeeeseeeeseeeesaee 3-22
|
|||
|
|
Alter system Settings (SETDEF) ccc csseesseeeeereesssesesesseseeees 3-23
|
|||
|
|
Run the spreadsheet application Sh3 (SHEET) ........ eee eeeeeesseeeeneeceneessceseseeseneeeesaes 3-24
|
|||
|
|
Shift batch file parameters (SHIPT).............:::cessssseceeeeeceeeeneeecesseeeceeneeeeeesneeeesseneeeees 3-24
|
|||
|
|
Start a process asynchronously (START)... eee eeeeeceesseeeceeseeesesseeeeceseeecesseeeess 3-25
|
|||
|
|
Stop,a process. (SWOP) ssc natalie ieatenietinner shies eit Noatesarhiel aes 3-25
|
|||
|
|
Display current time (PIME):0. 30005 so¢ ceusetestegssedekpsdessedg aces sctgedesseegunnd stp odeteedpstonectpens 3-25
|
|||
|
|
Type'a text file (TYPE) cccciseccavesseecevedsate cspdaetasvedaededeviaatedes donb cdevdsnadderdeioegevagabeaeebanties 3-26
|
|||
|
|
Display software version numbers (VER) ..........::essccessseesseesssceceseeeeseeeesaeesseesseeessaes 3-26
|
|||
|
|
Display the disk volume label etc (VOL) .........eeeeesceseseceeseetsseeceseeeesaeecsaeesseeesseeessaes 3-26
|
|||
|
|
Wait for a process to complete (WAIT) .0.... ee eee eeeseecsseeceseeeesseeesseecsaeessaeesseeeesaeeesaee 3-26
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Error! Not a valid heading level in TOC entry on page 1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Technical Specification ......... ce ceeseseseeceseeceseeeesseeesaeessaeecsseeseseeeeseaeers A-1
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout RS232 / RS232 TTL Interface Module - Technical Specification ......... A-3
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout RS232 / Barcode Interface Module - Technical Specification............... A-4
|
|||
|
|
Conversion of an HC barcode reader for Workabout COnNeCtiONn ...........:sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee A-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Vehicle Interface Cradle (VIC) - Technical Specification .................... A-5
|
|||
|
|
3 port and vehicle power OptiON............ecsesecessecsseeseeeceseeceseeeesaeecseesaeecseessneeseseeeesaes A-6
|
|||
|
|
1 port and vehicle power OptiONn............:::cccessccceeesteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeceseeecesnneeeeeeneeeeeeees A-7
|
|||
|
|
VIC Mounting: brackets: sc).ssisis: hese eesheihietae baile hisdead eid ciiibhiedediasues bidet A-8
|
|||
|
|
Vehicle:power 1nput:connectors; iss. stiee A siiessess arises thie oetinale arden asiis. estat A-8
|
|||
|
|
Conventional 9-pin RS232 serial POrts ...........eeeeeseeeesseeeeneeceneeseseeeesaeeesaeecseeseeeeses A-9
|
|||
|
|
Extended 15-way RS232 serial Port ...........cessccesecceseeeeeseecsseecseeesseeeesaeeesaeessaeesseeeeee A-9
|
|||
|
|
Psion ETP Connector.2i5..3 2aatied insist Bane cele ae ainidediee A-9
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Docking Station - Technical Specification ...........eseeseeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeneees A-10
|
|||
|
|
Introduction: 2c; aic ities iste ree ee vane teesaea A-10
|
|||
|
|
Vab amt ocean Mit OS et SN a dee eet ent lal eat a eee atone A-10
|
|||
|
|
Identification ssesiigev bel is Bee a orb ae ee i ae a) A-10
|
|||
|
|
Docking Station. Unit: .5.¢:h.scstece sce hecesedeeeeb ene esnsesues estersennpstelevesdcuboatyetheedbedesseshactpease A-10
|
|||
|
|
Maiti features: -ssscecysivecgistestecopeiyaese tiseeitesoyaees levies. Nenbaons diy belbehen yb mean Tee A-10
|
|||
|
|
StALUS ANGI CALOLS® «a fet S6es este bet Sheces catch eerie ses dated aacatec tact seh oul ont iasd ots osh uid ntentoet sen ate A-11
|
|||
|
|
Battery charging... c..sccccssecs ceevadaccsvceaes sat ccgeteandepecdacuvsccaa cus vecdasvauecdesaa devedsanccvescaa cevesees A-11
|
|||
|
|
Battery Status LED Conditions........... ce eeseesscsseeeeseessneecescecesaeeesecesatecsaeecsaeesseesesaeens A-11
|
|||
|
|
Charging both battery packs 0.00... ceeeeececeseeeesseeessecsaeecsscecssceceaecesaeesaeessaeessaeeseeeeses A-11
|
|||
|
|
Battery Fast Charging Conditions............:ccsesssccsseecsseeeeseeesecesceeesaeecsaeessseesesereeeene A-12
|
|||
|
|
Disharging prior to charging & capacity MeaSUFEMENt ........ eee eeteeeteeeeteeeeeeeeeeeee A-12
|
|||
|
|
Gar OTT SALES ies ess sce aces Me ede Do veses coteteets stebeded efupeans coyotes deg stetevess Mbsebovigetubewsoees cegerse A-12
|
|||
|
|
Charsing times! 3c...ysicatsiatiesesine aired stbe nett deste ee ibig dad derbaheeydeneieh A-12
|
|||
|
|
C@Bar srt elitr tat mi soso. Sse cae a ste Sect cans ols Satsc cone Shad okt ast stestnabuitennt Lestoreedteans A-12
|
|||
|
|
LIF Mounting Kat sess sccssveen cesccseecsnccdes seu ccgesenvccvecdactesccaa cevvecdaveaue vevaa devvesanccveiaescsbante A-12
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Holster with Socket Housing ...........seccsccesseccesseeesneecscecseecseecsseeeeseeeesaes A-12
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Docking Station ......... cee eeeeeeeseccseneeeseecseecsseecesaeeesaeecsaeecsneeeeseeeesaeessaeers A-13
|
|||
|
|
12V 1 amp unregulated Power Supply...........eeeeeeeeeccesseeesneecsneeceseeeesaeeesaeessaeeseeeeee A-13
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Appendix B - Differences between the HC Command Processor, the Workabout Command
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Processor anid MS-DOS wsssssssccosscsssccscassccescadascencassccsocadaccesesssedennaca cad cacesssdsesenanacascssedsesenscnoassssceane B-1
|
|||
|
|
| ho A c076 11 (610 (010 Regeenaee oe Rt fenteate Brats tee tae BOE ee aN pT Rae ew at gee tee eat eI eee AE B-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A DOut this appendix str csscieee cok abie ceviche eh wend see cu idl odevaued sevoeaans vesksenasebadse savkotncds B-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
He lip wiatsecdeccedvataeasaccatecdvavacccaa cose dgswa vatecaa cevedsvavetddan cuvedsa vece cane Peavara ee an cous sopvdgsniGbeseats B-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
iii
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Commands: secscisciasisstecieastceasivadueseisatcesedsetecspicatccavdeatccuyiaad cenvieadussvacsecessatadeesviave ces B-1
|
|||
|
|
File and directory names.............cccccccesscceesenceeeeenceceeseaeeceeseneeesseeeeceeeaeeecsenneeeeseneeeseess B-2
|
|||
|
|
IWATACAT AS 555.5802 esc bette ot caceseuescareceaneis areeeea Sestewesnatnes se tavtaoensareerendaos eeuteornesestioneneseienens B-2
|
|||
|
|
Batch‘ files:::..2/.cscndacsstat Asset acie david acts saat neh Rattan anther eden B-2
|
|||
|
|
Default:directory Structure ss is.3 csvascceita shes eveadice nih acias cesiiwee sta ahve savas ceeiaa dresden dteeenies eee B-2
|
|||
|
|
Launching programse, :ssics.ccdaieseaccatcaiceateackecarsathc canoe canaanteessadengsusasuuecusaginesuaconaeecs B-2
|
|||
|
|
Memory resident programs ............sccessccceseeceseecsseecsseecsseecesseeesaeecseecseeseseeeesaeeesaeers B-3
|
|||
|
|
Alphabetical MH Stti os so: csc sees song stig gst neyo e8h soho vad ould, saebs caw ase enue otete led stot ecupscebenegedageeueacehetees B-3
|
|||
|
|
Append directories to current data path (APPEND; MS-DOS)...........:eeseeeseeeeseeeeee B-3
|
|||
|
|
Set or clear file attributes (ATTRIB { UTE})...........eececcccceeesncceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeees B-3
|
|||
|
|
Set time to auto-switch-off (AUTO; HC)............ccccccccccccssssssseceeeeeeeseessseeseeeeeeeeeeseesaaes B-4
|
|||
|
|
Set backlight time-out (BACKLIGHT; HC)............ececccceesscceeesneeeeeeseeeeceeneeeeeseneeeess B-4
|
|||
|
|
Backup files (BACKUP; MS-DOS) ...........cc:ccceeeesseceeseceeeeeeaeeeeeseneeecneneeeecssaeeeeesneeeess B-4
|
|||
|
|
Start battery check program (BATCHK; HO)..........:cesceeseessseeceseeeesseeeseesseeeeseeensaes B-4
|
|||
|
|
Specify battery type (BATTERY; HC) ..0.... eee eeeeseecssseecsseessseeceseeeesaeecsaeessaeeesseeensaes B-5
|
|||
|
|
Control extended CTRL-C checking (BREAK; MS-DOS) ............ccccceeesceeeeeteeeeeeeees B-5
|
|||
|
|
Run the calculator application (CALC)..........ceeessecceseecesneesseecscecsseeeeseesesaeesseseeeees B-5
|
|||
|
|
Call a batch file from inside another batch file (CALL) .............cccccccccccceesssstteeeeeeeeees B-5
|
|||
|
|
Display or alter current directory (CD) ........ eee ceesecesseeceseeeeseecseeceeeeesaeeesseessseeensaes B-6
|
|||
|
|
Display or change character set (CHCP; MS-DOS)..........eeeseeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeesaes B-6
|
|||
|
|
Display or alter current directory (CHDIR)............ceeccesssessseessseeceseeeesaeeesaeecseeenenaes B-6
|
|||
|
|
Check or fix disk (CHKDSK; MS-DOS )...........:cccccccccsssssceceeeceessesneeeeeeeessessseeeeeeeeeees B-7
|
|||
|
|
Prompt user for choice (CHOICE; MS-DOS )...........:c:cccecseseeeceeeneeeceeneeeeessneeeeeeeeeeess B-7
|
|||
|
|
Change directory (CUS), isc sciee det ots ps suc oes otek sith osteo tateses dcethdensiteh tee ath tntuebeebecbadegents exh B-7
|
|||
|
|
Start another command processor instance (COMMAND; MS-DOS) .............::::eee B-7
|
|||
|
|
Run the communications application (COMMS) ..........eeceeeseesseeceseecsseeeeseeeesaeeesaeers B-8
|
|||
|
|
Compare two files (COMP; MS-DOS)............ccccceessseceeeseeeeeseaeeecesnneeesseeeeeesnaeeeeseanees B-8
|
|||
|
|
Set language file (CONFIG; HC)... eeceesscssseecsseeeeseecesaeeesaeecsaeecseeesseeessaeessaeers B-8
|
|||
|
|
Copy file(s) (COPY )ssistcassdeatcesiecatccsedsatccsedsetecsudsetedevdeadedevicae ceescndedevdcdegdevecebeuenceds oes B-8
|
|||
|
|
Set country (COUNTRY; MS-DOS) .........eeeeeeecccceceeeesssneeeeeeecesessnnneeeeceeeeeeesnaneeeeeeeeees B-9
|
|||
|
|
Change terminal device (CTTY; MS-DOS) ...0.......cccccesescceessneeeceeeneeeeesnneeeeenneeesteaaees B-9
|
|||
|
|
Brief directory listing (D; HC)... eee eeeeeeseeesseeceneeceseeceseeeesaecesaeecsaeecseesseeesseeessaes B-9
|
|||
|
|
Run the database application (DATA) ..........ceeseeeseeceseeceseeeeseeeesaeeceaeessaeesseeesseeeesaes B-9
|
|||
|
|
Display date [and time] (DATE)..............::ccceesecceeseneeeceeneeeeeseaeeeceseneeecseaeeeeeeeaeeesseanees B-10
|
|||
|
|
Compress a disk (DBLSPACE; MS-DOS) ..0.......cccccecescceeesnececeeeneeeceeneeeeseeneeeeesneeeees B-10
|
|||
|
|
Start the debug program (DEBUG; MS-DOS) ......... eee eeseeeeseeceseeeesseeeseesseeeeneeeesaee B-11
|
|||
|
|
Optimise files on a disk (DEFRAG; MS-DOS) ...........:c::cccesesseceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeenees B-11
|
|||
|
|
Delete file(S):(DEL[E TE), :.2 eess6et at, tatewesigit sae pass cottons Mite Gis on dat ee eat ees B-11
|
|||
|
|
Delete a directory, subdirectories and files (DELTREE; MS-DOS) .............: eee B-12
|
|||
|
|
List devices (DEVICE; HC).............::::ccccccssssssnsscccesesssnsnssseccesssssnsesseeeeesssensnsseeeeseeess B-12
|
|||
|
|
Full directory listing (DIR) ...........ccccceeseccceesenceeceeneeeeeseneeeceenaeeecesaeeeeessaeeecesneeeesseeeeess B-12
|
|||
|
|
Compare two floppy disks (DISKCOMP; MS-DOS) .........eesceseseeseseessseeeeseeeesneeseaeers B-13
|
|||
|
|
Copy a floppy disk (DISKCOPY; MS-DOS) ..........ceeeeseceseeceeseeceneecseeceseeeesaeeesaeers B-13
|
|||
|
|
Load/start DOSKEY program (DOSKEY; MS-DOS) ......... cc eeceeeseeeseeeeneeeeseeeeseeeesaes B-13
|
|||
|
|
Load DOSSHELL graphical interface (DOSSHELL; MS-DOS)...........eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee B-13
|
|||
|
|
Display message, set or display echo mode (ECHO) ...........eeseeseessseecsseeeeseeeeseeeesaee B-14
|
|||
|
|
Run ‘file-editor (EDIT) 2k sesveccccsnthn asic. cen esos oas cadet as edaet eaeehe Seeds abot teevetives B-14
|
|||
|
|
Enable expanded memory (EMM386; MS-DOS)...........sccesseesseeceseeceseeceseeeesaeeesaeers B-14
|
|||
|
|
Display or set environment variable (ENV; HC)...........cceseceessecesseecsneeesneeseneeeeseeeesaee B-14
|
|||
|
|
Delete file(s)\(ERASE) <csca rs. 38s: 28 et Soot es etal et ist oie tsa cote ce Biot eat Bietee teats B-15
|
|||
|
|
Display error level (ERRLEVEL) ...........ccceeseesseesseesssceceseeeesaecesaeecsaeessaeesseeessaeeesaes B-15
|
|||
|
|
Error level value (ERRORLEVEL ).............cccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees B-15
|
|||
|
|
Exit level: EXIT) scvoia. cae tees cbeaindesdeeece baci base dees ba nba eho ea EA eee B-16
|
|||
|
|
Expand a compressed file (EXPAND; MS-DOS).........eeceeeceeeseeceseeseseeseseeeesaeeesaeers B-16
|
|||
|
|
Get summary Help on command syntax (FASTHELP; MS-DOS) ........ eee eeeeeeeeeeee B-16
|
|||
|
|
Start FASTOPEN program (DOSKEY; MS-DOS)... eee eeseeceesseeeseeseeeeeeseeeees B-17
|
|||
|
|
Compare two files (FC; MS-DOS )...........cccccceesssceeeeneeeceeeaeeceeeseeeeeesnaeeeeesnneeeeseeeeess B-17
|
|||
|
|
Specify number of file control blocks (FCBS; MS-DOS )..........eeeceeeseeeeseeeeneeeeneeeeeaes B-17
|
|||
|
|
Partition a hard disk (FDISK; MS-DOS) .0........cecceccccccccccessessseeeeeeeeeseesseeeeeeeesseeeaaes B-17
|
|||
|
|
List open files/Specify number of files accessible (FILES) .0.......eeeceeseeeeseeseseeeeneeeeee B-18
|
|||
|
|
Find a text string in a file or files (FIND; MS-DOS)............cececccceceseeceeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeees B-18
|
|||
|
|
Run a command for the files in a set (FOR)............cccccccccccccceeessessneeeeeeeesssessteeeeeeesenes B-18
|
|||
|
|
Format device (FORMAT) ..........ccccssssccccccessessseeeeeceeessesnsceeeececesesseeeeeeecessessaeeeeeeeeenes B-18
|
|||
|
|
Display free memory (FREE; HC) ..............s:ceseseesseessonesssnevenseneneeeonseesnonessesersosenenees B-19
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INDEX
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Jump to label in batch file (GOTO) ......... cece eeeeecceeseceeseceeeeesaeeecesneeeeessaeeeseeeeeenaees B-19
|
|||
|
|
Load program to allow printing of colour screen (GRAPHICS; MS-DOS)................ B-19
|
|||
|
|
List commands or get help CHELP)............eeeeeceseceseeceseeceseeeesseecseecseeeeseeeesaeessaeers B-19
|
|||
|
|
Run command conditionally (IF) ..........:.cccecesccceesscceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeecesneeeeeeeaeeeeesneeeeeseneeeess B-20
|
|||
|
|
Install memory resident program (INSTALL; MS-DOS) .........eec ce eeeeeeseeeeneeeeneeeeeeeee B-20
|
|||
|
|
Connect two computers to share resources INTERLNK; MS-DOS)... eee B-20
|
|||
|
|
Start the Interlink server INTERSVR; MS-DOS) ..........::cccccccccccessssssteeeeeeeesssssteeeeees B-20
|
|||
|
|
Configure keyboard for language (KEYB; MS-DOS )...........eesceesecessneeeeneeeeneeseeeee B-21
|
|||
|
|
Kall: aiprocess: MLE) ive cceics cece tie ceacitat ceeck he soe sa tet oe aie al vast ons sa cede detec dentate doueeoaetady B-21
|
|||
|
|
Add/alter disk volume label (LABEL) ..............cccscccccccceesessneeeeeeeeeesessseeeeeeceessessaeeeees B-21
|
|||
|
|
List device drivers (LDEV; HC) ..........cccccccsssscccceccesssssseceececeessesseeeeeeeeseseessaeeeeeeeenes B-21
|
|||
|
|
Load program into upper memory (LH; MS-DOS).......... ees eeseeeeseeceeeeeseeseneeseeeeee B-22
|
|||
|
|
List logical device drivers (LLDEV)..........:..cccscccceseeeceeeeneeeceenaeeeceenneeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeees B-22
|
|||
|
|
Load and run program above first 64K block (LOADFIX; MS-DOS) ....... cee eeeeeeee B-22
|
|||
|
|
Load program into upper memory (LOADHIGH; MS-DOS)......... ce eeeeeeseeeneeeeneeeeee B-22
|
|||
|
|
Configure low battery warnings (LOWBAT; HC)..........ceseeeseeceseeeesseeceneersneeesseeensaes B-23
|
|||
|
|
List physical device drivers (LPDEV)...........scccesscesssecsscecsseeecesseecseessseecssaeeesaeessaeers B-23
|
|||
|
|
List: processes: zLPROC) <0. scsicceescancces ccaeceescedacedvccdaceavedda veaucdaeecancddaevatccdvevanceseveatccaeneas B-23
|
|||
|
|
List segments (LSEG): scicccedccdeccastsceasesssceccdghsvesauehatvacdessuusedasedupedeceuspacesodseedecvusticenanne B-23
|
|||
|
|
Display time/date of mastering (MASTER; HC)..........cceeeeeeseceereeceneecsseeseneeesseeeesaes B-24
|
|||
|
|
Make directory-(MD). i cccciset gece. cit cee g5t sea cette nei sea ca dea tun ances ealaen cutee cusestacdceenies onsedtee B-24
|
|||
|
|
Display free memory (MEM)............:s:ccceeescceeeeseeceesececeeseaeeceecessneeecseneeeesseaeeeeeseaeeeees B-24
|
|||
|
|
Optimise computer's memory (MEMMAKER; MS-DOS )...........:eeseeeseeseseeeeneeeeeeees B-24
|
|||
|
|
Set startup menu colours (MENUCOLOR; MS-DOS)... eeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeesnneeeeeeeeeees B-25
|
|||
|
|
Set startup menu item and timeout (MENUDEFAULT; (MS-DOS)............ eee B-25
|
|||
|
|
Define startup menu item (MENUITEM; MS-DOS)............cecccccessseceeeeteeeesteeeeeenees B-25
|
|||
|
|
Make directory (MKDIR) ..........cccccccccsesccceeeeeeeeseneeecesceeecseaeecceseeecseaeeeeseaeeesensaeeneaees B-25
|
|||
|
|
Configure system devices (MODE; MS-DOS) ..........eeeeeceseeceseeeeseeeeaeeseaeeseneeeneeeees B-26
|
|||
|
|
Display output one screenful at a time (MORE; MS-DOS) ....... eee eeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee B-26
|
|||
|
|
Move file(s) (MOVE; MS-DOS)..........ceeeeeccesseecsseessneecseeceeecsseeeesaeecsaeessaeeseseseseeeses B-26
|
|||
|
|
Scan for viruses (MSAV; MS-DOS) ...........cccecsssccccessesseceeeeeeesssssseeeeessssneeeeeeeeeeseeenaee B-26
|
|||
|
|
Run backup program (MSBACKUP; MS-DOS)......... ce sceessesesceeeseeeeeeeeesseeesseeseneeeee B-27
|
|||
|
|
Provide CD-ROM access (MSCDEX; MS-DOS) .........c::cccccccccssssssseeeeeeesssessseeeeeeeseees B-27
|
|||
|
|
Provide technical details (MSD; MS-DOS )............:cccccccccsssssceeeeeessessseeeeecesssesseeeeees B-27
|
|||
|
|
Load country-specific information (NLSFUNC; MS-DOS) ...........ceseesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeee B-27
|
|||
|
|
Control whether the Notifier appears (NOTIFY; HC)... cee eeeeceeeseesseeceseeeeseeeesaee B-27
|
|||
|
|
Start with Num Lock on/off (NUMLOCK; MS-DOS )...........cccccssscceceeesssssseeeeeeeenes B-28
|
|||
|
|
Enable off-key handling (OFFENABLE; HC).......... cece eeseeeesceceseeceeeeceeessneeesseeeesaes B-28
|
|||
|
|
Specify search path for executable files (PATH; MS-DOS ).......... ee eeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeees B-28
|
|||
|
|
Suspend batch file processing (PAUSE )...........esceessessseeceseeceseeeesseeesseecsseecseeseseeeesaes B-28
|
|||
|
|
Power saving set/display/on/off (POWER; MS-DOS) .........eeeeeeeeeseeeeneeseneeteneeeeeeaee B-29
|
|||
|
|
Print text file in background (PRINT; MS-DOS) ............cceccesescceeseneeeeeeneeeeestseeetennees B-29
|
|||
|
|
Change command prompt (PROMPT; MS-DOS) .........ceeeeseeceseeceeseeseeesseeseneeeesaes B-29
|
|||
|
|
Run QBasic language (QBASIC; MS-DOS) ..........:ccccceeesseeceeeneeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeees B-29
|
|||
|
|
Exit current batch file only (QUIT)...........ccccscccesseceeeseneeeeesnneeeeseeeeeessaeeecesneeeeeseneeeess B-29
|
|||
|
|
Remove directory (RD))..c..scccccesccseccesecaaceeecchaceevecdacesveddaconucceaceuuccseecsnccssevanccaeevancesesens B-30
|
|||
|
|
Get the cause of the last system shutdown (REASON )...........:::cccccceeeseeeeceeeeneeeeeenees B-30
|
|||
|
|
Comment (remark) in batch file (REM).............ccccccccccccesesssecceeeeeessessneeeeeeeeessesseeeeees B-30
|
|||
|
|
Rename: file(s): GREN) sec scccteedoee shiek oh Gh cel EER AN RAL A it ee Re B-30
|
|||
|
|
Replace file(s) (REPLACE; MS-DOS )..........eecceeeseesseeeeseessseeceseeeesaeecsaeesseessseeensaes B-31
|
|||
|
|
Restore file(s) (RESTORE; MS-DOS) .0..........ccccesccscccccesssssncceeceeessesseeeeeeceessessaeeeees B-31
|
|||
|
|
Resume a suspended process (RESUME; HC) .........ceeseeesceesseeceseeeeseessseessneeseseeeesaes B-31
|
|||
|
|
Remove directory (RMDIR)............:c:ccccesssceeeeenceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeceseeeeeseaeeeceeeaeeeeseneeeeeeees B-31
|
|||
|
|
Analyse/repair disk(s) (SCANDISK; MS-DOS)............:cc:ccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeesneeeeeeees B-31
|
|||
|
|
Set default path/environment variables (SET)............c::ccccsssceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseneeeees B-32
|
|||
|
|
Set date and time (SETDATE; HC) ...........eccccecccccccccsssssssecceeceeessesseeeeeeecessessneeeeeeeeeees B-32
|
|||
|
|
Alter system settings (SETDEF) 0.0.0.0... eesessseeceseeceseecscecssceceseeeesseessaeesseessseeeesaes B-32
|
|||
|
|
Report MS-DOS version or display/update version table (SETVER; MS-DOS)......... B-33
|
|||
|
|
Install file sharing and locking (SHARE; MS-DOS )...........eesceescessseeceseeeeseeeeseeeesaes B-33
|
|||
|
|
Specify command interpreter (SHELL; MS-DOS) ....... cee eeeeeeseceseessseeeeeeeeeseeessneers B-33
|
|||
|
|
Shift batch file parameters (SHIPFT).............::cccessccccesseeceeseneeeceseeeceeeneeeesesneeeeeeneeeess B-33
|
|||
|
|
Setup/configure disk cache/buffering (SMARTDRV; MS-DOS) ....... eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee B-34
|
|||
|
|
Read, sort and write data (SORT; MS-DOS)............ccccccccssssssccceeeesssssseeeeeeeeessessneeeeees B-34
|
|||
|
|
Start a process asynchronously (START)... eee eesecceesseeeceesseeeeeseeeeeeseeeseeseeeees B-34
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Stop aiprocess:(S: TOR) se cwscnsdeicea teivaecteaetestegevtesesstaesucabudeaeseeubesnduvisiventneeyngevegeeene B-34
|
|||
|
|
Specify startup menu item as a submenu (SUBMENU; MS-DOS)...........eeeeeeeeeeeeeee B-35
|
|||
|
|
Associate path with drive letter (SUBST; MS-DOS) ............eeeecccesesseeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeees B-35
|
|||
|
|
Suspend a process (SUSPEND; HC) ..............:esseesseesseesseesseeresereseeeereseesereseresenesenes B-35
|
|||
|
|
Make a startup disk (SYS; MS-DOS) .0.........ceeeecccceeseeeeeesneeeeeeeneeecesneeeeenseeeeeseaseeees B-35
|
|||
|
|
Terminate a process (TERMINATE; HC).............ccccccesssscceeseneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseseeeesnnees B-35
|
|||
|
|
Display/(set) time (TIME) ............::ccceeseccceeseeeeceeneececenseeeeeenneeecseneeeeeeeaeeeessneeeeeseneeees B-36
|
|||
|
|
Display directory graphically (TREE; MS-DOS) ...........eeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee B-36
|
|||
|
|
Typed text file (PYRE) s. cvesccisgevesensceeesuta Sovbdedsteesdultdees dts Sees cus sduke teadbvbe cadedveedeaPauneded st B-36
|
|||
|
|
Restore deleted files (UNDELETE; MS-DOS)............ccccccccccessssceeceeeessesseeeeeeeeeeeeeenaes B-36
|
|||
|
|
Restore a formatted disk (UNFORMAT; MS-DOS) ..........cccccsccccccceessessteeeeeeeeseeeneee B-37
|
|||
|
|
Display software version numbers (VERSION )............c:ceescceseseeeeseeceneeseteeseseeeeseeeesaee B-37
|
|||
|
|
Turn disk write verification on/off (WERIFY; MS-DOS).............c::ccccccccssssssseeeeeeeeeees B-37
|
|||
|
|
Display the disk volume label etc (VOL) ........ceseeseceeseeceseeeesseeesneeceaeecsacesseeessaeeesaes B-37
|
|||
|
|
Continuously check for viruses (VSAFE; MS-DOS) ...........:c:ccceeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeseenees B-38
|
|||
|
|
Wait for a process to complete (WAIT)..........:cecccceesseeeeeeeneeeceenceeeeeeaeeeeestaseceesneeeeeteas B-38
|
|||
|
|
Configure Notifier appearance (WNOTIFY3 HC)..........:ceeeceeesceseeeesseeseneeesseeesseeeesaee B-38
|
|||
|
|
Copy directories, subdirectories and files COPY; MS-DOS) ou... eee eeeeeeseeeteeeeee B-38
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Appendix C - Differences between the Series 3a System Screen and the Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
and Command Processor Memus ..............sccsssccsssscsssscsssecsssscscsssssssscsssscsssscssssssssssessssessssssssessones C-1
|
|||
|
|
Ti CR OGUCHOM es 7 55 23 Ak as Se Ses oP5 Fiks REGS Se Me se 5 Paes FEE Be Se seh Seu FANS Be So sev Saks SORT D Sa sesh ekg Sets Sedan ee ee C-1
|
|||
|
|
About this:appendix:::..:sc2isevetis sac seugaiieeaseansgcyseaiiestasmsgeaneaiiosiosetesycendeeteoeatesieasians C-1
|
|||
|
|
Hotkeysiseis2ticsiceevcagteivise yen ee Ga eho ee Ry canes oie ei Reali eed nee eee ee C-2
|
|||
|
|
Psion-A, Assign button/Set auto switch off times ......... ee eeeeesseecsseeseseeeeseeeesaeeseneees C-2
|
|||
|
|
Psion-B/Shift-Ctrl-B, Battery info... eeeesseecssneeeeseecseeceeeceseeeesaeeesaeessaeesseeseee C-2
|
|||
|
|
Shift=Psion-D; Dialling. sess. hot ieee ake tees ts anes Me tawtces Dabeto ds toetees atch ede tetees Gist ethe nates C-2
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-E, Evaluate format ...........cccccccccccccccccccccccccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees C-2
|
|||
|
|
Psion-F, Format disk/Time and date format..............ccccccccccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees C-2
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-F, Number formats/Time and date format.............ccccsscccccccessssssseeeeeeeeeees C-3
|
|||
|
|
Psion-G;:Creaté ew SOUP ir. iss nahh et adit ear en ites bint oue Had ebsites C-3
|
|||
|
|
Psion-K, Disc info/Toggle keyboard .0..........ceeseeessecesneeceneecsseeceseeeesseecsaeesseeesseeeesaes C-3
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-N, Give 'Normal' system SCreen...........s:ccsescesscessseeceseeeesseecsseessaeessneeeesaes C-3
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-M, Give 'Memory’ system SCreen) ..........esecesseccssseeesseecsseecsseeceseeeesaeeesaeers C-3
|
|||
|
|
Psion-O,:Auto:Switchi: OFF 92.2. cecob eit atte alt otvtuctees aetesta enced omectut eneslccecte C-3
|
|||
|
|
Psion-P, Set owner information ...........cccccccccccessssssecceeeeeessesseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeenaes C-4
|
|||
|
|
Psion=S;Setthe sound... sc2.09.c0tc ed. dezesiuidewecds saesivuvauneedasodueids voduesduvodecessveetusodusesceets C-4
|
|||
|
|
Time:Psion-S/Shift-Psion-S, Set summer time ................:0:ccseeeeeseeseeeeeseesssssssssensneenees C-4
|
|||
|
|
Psion-T, Set file attributes/Set time and date... ccccescccccccccesesssneceeeceeessesseeeeees C-4
|
|||
|
|
Psion-U, Usage monitor/Update lists ........ eee eeeeeeesseeeeneeceeeceeeceseeeesaeeesaeessaeesseesens C-4
|
|||
|
|
Psion-V, About Series 3a/Versions .........ccccccccecsssssccecccesssesneeeeeeeessesseeeesecesssesseeeeees C-4
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-V, About application ......... ee ceeseeesecsseecsseecsseeessseeesaeecsaeecseessneeeeseeeesaes C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion-W, Password/Toggle Wrap ..........ssccssscccsseeceseeeesseecseecsaceceseeessaeecsaeessaeessneeensaes C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion=X¢ BxXi tics ocsescsssseescssussvendeaeecsivasaseis ses vesiet sabeas Sus osawasauedaa seeded et abevan Se eesieeweeete C-5
|
|||
|
|
PSion=¥j Printer fx. osce2e2lseresetes ores sd. conde vouceetudonteetu dbacsetlcottedeebeesMeoddeetiebecesteosueeskeeth C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Space/Psion-Diamond, Caps lock on/off.......... cece eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeneeneees C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab/Shift-Psion-Tab, Display full path in file-related dialogs... eee C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion= ¥ Printer ceo cisrs.ceKieectsdesateless vesasis.voligessscalossauesleowss cases uesloowsouusesualoeseees C-6
|
|||
|
|
PSion=¥3 Printer v3 esccedetcoiissseeedivet gedivesusodieets souivadeovived. sotivadieodivedetouivbeueouivetesentvess C-6
|
|||
|
|
Psion... Printer :s.35.035.56s.bes3esevdoeodsiseediseviesodhivbes disevie. vidios disuvdesvdduvbesdiseveseuctovieeveds C-6
|
|||
|
|
Psion=¥., Printer 240030 atten tutes Ab hocetencn, Ab heated bho bbe taed abhetvids C-6
|
|||
|
|
S Witch taskessoidseiiec cei vevedesecded dedi tuvededu ces ceeds cus ecedueds coesuauandedseds veuge dvawcaane dean cevedesternucebes’ C-7
|
|||
|
|
IMIG TUS 3325S aecek oooh eth oes eet ch ee Ria eae ache elcid Rich va ted ree it oot 8s on Rls Sons C-7
|
|||
|
|
Pile@stienul.: «.seeastisvdcsstau cesta ies Aces Bids asides has ee oea de aaa: C-7
|
|||
|
|
DiSke A Gna 0c 3 sc sz ores Bias este ws os as Rad es eos in vest A eaters hen boven sh C-7
|
|||
|
|
ANPPSIMEMUs isssseesisscondssagcoigslaacedasaae case ssaoeebdsves sad sheets laaves sans sauecuadoane sans chbadesuense satesaseaes C-7
|
|||
|
|
DGG 0¥5 0 0) 11 ease ern Pee ee oe C-8
|
|||
|
|
Gomtrol mien 5:5 .08,.siscsees dicta ses cca seshssda dhs ssdbaseasacdasasas ibavaaisddasesceduaseadacdersseecuauessacaedee C-8
|
|||
|
|
Special MEM Ws sis cogs esses iets vex ces sci bodeh leven cosh besten teks ays Sosa Shay toss desta ates Sesictbsensiee ss C-10
|
|||
|
|
DlaMONnd) MENU s...2.45 ssentacicdstes aesatetedeles was ate ede eaee ne hod Ga ee ea C-11
|
|||
|
|
A RAT nes qs 01D Uepenenge ese eee OR OO a Pe C-11
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHAPTER 1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout has been designed to be integrated into any computer system and to meet any application
|
|||
|
|
requirement: assisting with the making of deliveries, taking of orders, collecting or distributing
|
|||
|
|
information, servicing equipment, and so on.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Every element of the hardware is configurable, from the plug-in megabyte-sized Solid State Disks, to the
|
|||
|
|
internal expansion slot for peripheral devices such as a serial port expansion card.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Equally important is the multi-tasking operating system with full graphics and windowing capability.
|
|||
|
|
Applications can make productive use of the various fonts and emphases available, and can even display
|
|||
|
|
and manipulate diagrams, maps, and pictures. The result: software applications that are highly
|
|||
|
|
informative and intuitive to use, and which consequently improve operator acceptance and efficiency.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The multi-tasking facilities - unique to the Psion ranges of handheld and pocket computers - significantly
|
|||
|
|
shorten software development times and greatly simplify otherwise complex issues ranging from the
|
|||
|
|
simultaneous monitoring of several peripherals through to sophisticated process control applications.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Additionally the Workabout has built-in programming tools for easy application development. These
|
|||
|
|
include both a Command Processor and a graphic user interface (the System Screen), a sophisticated
|
|||
|
|
program editor and translator, and communications software.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Switching on and off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout can be switched on by means of the yellow On/Esc key, or off by means of the light grey
|
|||
|
|
Off key near the top left corner of its front face.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is no need to "exit" programs before switching the Workabout off. When the Workabout is next
|
|||
|
|
switched on, all current programs continue from their previous state. The contents of the internal RAM
|
|||
|
|
memory is preserved throughout the period of being switched off, without any significant current being
|
|||
|
|
drawn in the meantime.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Switching on for the first time
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that when a Workabout is switched on for the first time (or following a reset), it will go into the
|
|||
|
|
Startup Shell. This will normally run any autoexec file that is found on a Startup SSD that is found on any
|
|||
|
|
local drive. If such a file is not found, the Startup Shell displays the Psion logo with a copyright message,
|
|||
|
|
followed by a startup message, as in the following illustration:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To select a system interface for development purposes, just press the Menu key. The Startup Shell's
|
|||
|
|
Special menu is then displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Insert Startup (autoexec) SSD and press Enter
|
|||
|
|
or press Menu for System Interface
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Special menu presents three options:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Selecting the Command processor option starts the Command Processor. The Workabout in due
|
|||
|
|
course presents an m> prompt to indicate that its Command Processor is ready to receive commands,
|
|||
|
|
and that the current drive is M: (internal). See the Workabout Command Processor chapter for
|
|||
|
|
further details
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Selecting the System screen option starts the System Screen, displaying a set of icons that represent
|
|||
|
|
the built-in example PIM applications. The description of the use of these applications is beyond the
|
|||
|
|
scope of this manual. For information on how to create applications that run from the System Screen,
|
|||
|
|
see the Programming the Workabout chapter (which relies on information contained in the
|
|||
|
|
Series 3/3a Programming Guide).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Selecting the Restart shell option runs the Startup Shell again. The machine then repeats the
|
|||
|
|
sequence of operations described above. This is only of use if you want to run a customised Startup
|
|||
|
|
Shell.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Startup SSD
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A Startup SSD must contain a file with the file name autoexec. This may be a batch file, with a file name
|
|||
|
|
extension of .btf, or it may be an executable program file with a file name extension of .img, .app, .opo or
|
|||
|
|
.opa. If this is what is required, and you have a Startup SSD to hand, (it is not provided by Psion), insert
|
|||
|
|
the Startup SSD and press Enter as instructed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If you have copied an autoexec file to M: this will be run on startup, without displaying the startup
|
|||
|
|
message described earlier.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The basic hardware
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout is a member of the SIBO family of machines. This architecture is designed to minimise
|
|||
|
|
the size, weight and power consumption of the computer. In relation to the Workabout, the key
|
|||
|
|
components of the architecture are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e A sophisticated power management system that selectively powers subsystems under software
|
|||
|
|
control.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Solid State Disks (SSDs) that provide fast low-power silicon-based mass storage with no moving
|
|||
|
|
parts.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Asynchronous serial interface for Psion peripherals running at high speed, and for
|
|||
|
|
communications at 19,200 Baud.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e A 16 bit NEC V30H processor, (essentially compatible with 8086 class).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Hardware protection of the system from aberrant processes (address trapping of out-of-range
|
|||
|
|
writes and a watch-dog timer on interrupts being disabled).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e = Real-time clock.
|
|||
|
|
e ROM-resident system software.
|
|||
|
|
¢ Graphics LCD display.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
See the Introduction chapter of the PLIB Reference manual for further information about SIBO computers
|
|||
|
|
and the EPOC operating system that they all use.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
All aspects of the hardware of the Workabout have been designed with the following goals in mind:
|
|||
|
|
e Portability.
|
|||
|
|
e Robustness.
|
|||
|
|
e Splashproof.
|
|||
|
|
e Data security.
|
|||
|
|
e Ease of use.
|
|||
|
|
e =©Adaptability.
|
|||
|
|
e Long battery life.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Standards compliance.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout uses an industry standard 80C86-compatible 16-bit processor, the NEC V30H, running at
|
|||
|
|
a clock rate of 7.68MHz.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout also contains a number of proprietary custom chips called ASICs, which are responsible
|
|||
|
|
for many of its more exclusive features. The principal ASIC chips are described in more detail in the
|
|||
|
|
Hardware Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Internal memory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The amount of internal RAM memory on a Workabout varies from model to model. There are two basic
|
|||
|
|
models, with either 256KB or 1MB.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
All models have 1MB internal masked ROM.
|
|||
|
|
Solid state disks (SSDs)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The standard Workabout has two solid state disk drives, which are the equivalent of disk drives on a PC.
|
|||
|
|
To access them, open the top cover by pressing down the catch to the left side of the Workabout's screen.
|
|||
|
|
The drawer then slides out of the machine. SSDs can be inserted into the disk drives in the top right and
|
|||
|
|
the bottom right of the drawer.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SSD/Battery drawer eject
|
|||
|
|
button
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SSD/Battery drawer
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SSD in drive B:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SSD in drive A:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SSDs should be inserted with their upper faces (displaying large writing) uppermost. If you try to insert
|
|||
|
|
them upside down, by accident, you will find they don't fit properly into their slots - so there is no risk of
|
|||
|
|
any untoward damage, (unless you try to force them).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The SSD drive at the top of the Workabout drawer is drive A:, and that at the bottom is drive B:.
|
|||
|
|
See the SIBO Computers Programmers Reference manual for further details regarding SSDs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Expansion slots
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is an expansion slot inside the bottom end of the Workabout. This can contain a wide variety of
|
|||
|
|
interface devices. Possibilities include:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e RS232/RS232 TTL serial interface.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e RS232/Barcode reader interface (for a wand or CCD/Laser scanner).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sockets for the ports of these modules, (where fitted), are mounted as standard at the top end of the
|
|||
|
|
machine, above the screen . One socket may optionally be located on the left of the bottom end of the
|
|||
|
|
casing, below the keyboard.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
These are factory fitted options, and it is not possible for the expansion module or port sockets to be
|
|||
|
|
exchanged "in the field". Retro-fitting of expansion modules and sockets is possible, however. Contact
|
|||
|
|
Psion for further details.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For further details of these modules refer to the Technical Specifications appendix of this manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Communications ports
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On the Workabout, the port names (e.g. TTY:A) depend on both the position that the port is located on
|
|||
|
|
the machine and the way that the port is being used (e.g. RS232 or TTL):
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Bouomneny—C | sd Cd
|
|||
|
|
Tope [| SSC Cd CCS
|
|||
|
|
[Bottom eRTopriaht [A | | |__|
|
|||
|
|
Note: future hardware options may be available with different port assignments and positions.
|
|||
|
|
The Holster
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A plastic holster is available for storing the Workabout when it is not being used. It can be mounted on
|
|||
|
|
any convenient vertical surface.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The holster incorporates positive latching to ensure that the Workabout is held reliably. A hand recess
|
|||
|
|
guarantees easy insertion and removal. It may be mounted in any suitable position.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout Docking Station may also be fitted with the holster and the LIF Converter, (this
|
|||
|
|
combination is also known as a cradle).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout Docking Station (Cradle)
|
|||
|
|
The Psion Workabout Docking Station (Cradle) has been designed to satisfy requirements for:
|
|||
|
|
e Secure mounting for the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
e "Hands-free" operation.
|
|||
|
|
e Battery recharge.
|
|||
|
|
e¢ Mounting an additional Psion HC type expansion module, such as a printer or modem.
|
|||
|
|
The holster on the Workabout Docking Station (where fitted) is as described above.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A separate battery pack slot is provided to allow a stand-alone battery pack to be recharged. The
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Docking Station also supports a fast recharge facility for the Workabout rechargeable battery
|
|||
|
|
pack in the charger slot.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is a LIF Converter on the Docking Station Cradle, for data exchange and external power to the
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout. It is designed to be connected directly to a Workabout. The high reliability contacts of the
|
|||
|
|
LIF connector automatically engage when the Workabout is placed in the Docking Station cradle - no
|
|||
|
|
user-made connections are required. Alternatively an external power only LIF plug on a flying lead is
|
|||
|
|
supplied with the holsterless version of the Docking Station.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Data may be exchanged at up to 19,200 Baud.
|
|||
|
|
Power supply
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout can be powered using a rechargeable nickel-cadmium battery pack, standard AA
|
|||
|
|
batteries, or an optional mains adapter.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout will not switch on if there is no power source, or if the batteries are too low. Power is
|
|||
|
|
needed to operate the Workabout and to maintain the data stored in internal memory. The storage of data
|
|||
|
|
on SSDs, however, does not rely on the main power source.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Connect this end to
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LIF converter Workabout LIF socket
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3Link lead connector
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
At the bottom of the machine to the right, below the keyboard, is a socket for a LIF converter. To power
|
|||
|
|
the Workabout from a mains supply, plug the cable from the mains adapter into the LIF converter and
|
|||
|
|
then plug the LIF converter into this socket. The green power indicator light (near the Del key) will come
|
|||
|
|
on. This light indicates that the Workabout is being powered by an external source - even if the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout itself is not switched on.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout is also supplied with a small round lithium battery. This is the backup battery. It is
|
|||
|
|
essential because it keeps the internal memory secure in the absence of the main power source, for
|
|||
|
|
example, while the main batteries are being changed. It should be fitted before the main batteries, but note
|
|||
|
|
that the Workabout can not be run using only the backup battery.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To see where to fit the backup battery, release the drawer at the top of the Workabout by pressing down
|
|||
|
|
the drawer eject button to the left of the screen (as for SSDs) until it clicks. Pull out the drawer to reveal
|
|||
|
|
the backup battery cover in the top of the drawer, towards the left hand side.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The backup battery should last for approximately one year, provided the Workabout does not spend long
|
|||
|
|
periods with no other power supply. It is recommended that a new backup battery is fitted yearly. If the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout is left powered only by the backup battery, the battery will preserve the internal memory for
|
|||
|
|
approximately five days.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To fit a new backup battery, slide back the backup battery cover and remove the old battery. Insert the new
|
|||
|
|
battery so that the positive side of the battery faces left (towards the outer edge of the drawer). Slide back
|
|||
|
|
the backup battery cover.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The main batteries are also stored in the drawer of the Workabout, next to the two SSD drives. The main
|
|||
|
|
battery recess may contain a rechargeable battery cartridge pack. Do not attempt to disassemble a
|
|||
|
|
rechargeable battery pack.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Main batteries
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A new set of alkaline batteries should last for about 80 hours of continuous use. A fully recharged battery
|
|||
|
|
pack should last for between 30 and 35 hours. Using the backlight (where fitted), or attached peripherals,
|
|||
|
|
will increase power consumption considerably. If left unused, a battery pack will slowly lose its charge
|
|||
|
|
over a period of approximately six months.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1-5
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To remove the rechargeable battery pack or batteries, switch the machine off and release the drawer using
|
|||
|
|
the drawer eject button to the left of the screen (as for the backup battery), pull the drawer out until the
|
|||
|
|
main battery compartment is revealed, then push and lift any battery pack or AA batteries from the top of
|
|||
|
|
the drawer. To fit the rechargeable battery pack or batteries back into the Workabout, slide into place, (left
|
|||
|
|
end first). Ensure that good connections have been made between the battery terminals and the contacts
|
|||
|
|
inside the battery recess, and close the drawer. The machine can now be switched on.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The nickel-cadmium batteries in the battery pack can be recharged in three ways:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Trickle recharge by a Workabout Mains Adaptor (via a LIF converter).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e = Trickle recharge by a Workabout Docking Station.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Fast recharge by a Workabout Docking Station, provided they are "fast charge" batteries.
|
|||
|
|
A second battery pack can be inserted in the Workabout Docking Station at the same time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout automatically displays a warning message, when switched on, if either the main or
|
|||
|
|
backup battery is low. Independently of this, there is a battery information dialog available from any
|
|||
|
|
application. This is accessed by pressing the Shift-Ctrl-B key combination. It displays the state of the main
|
|||
|
|
and backup batteries, and whether the batteries are alkaline or rechargeable, or whether an external power
|
|||
|
|
supply is being used. For correct information ensure that the drawer is securely closed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
When the main battery is low, the Workabout may have enough power to display the screen and accept
|
|||
|
|
input from the keyboard, but not enough to write to Flash SSD or access expansion devices. The
|
|||
|
|
Workabout will turn off if an operation is attempted for which it does not have enough power. New
|
|||
|
|
batteries should be fitted, (or the existing batteries recharged), before the operation is tried again.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In order to save power, the Workabout will, by default, switch itself off automatically, if left alone for five
|
|||
|
|
minutes. The "auto-switch-off" time can be changed to another value, if desired, or the Workabout set so
|
|||
|
|
that it does not auto-switch-off at all.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The fuse
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The drawer of the Workabout contains a fuse (in the bottom of the battery compartment). This is to
|
|||
|
|
generally protect the circuitry of the machine if too much current is being drawn through the batteries. If
|
|||
|
|
the computer will not switch on, or has suddenly stopped working, it could be that a fault has caused the
|
|||
|
|
fuse to blow. It may be possible to see the melted wire inside the fuse through its glass tube. If the fuse has
|
|||
|
|
blown you should contact your Psion service centre.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that, if the fuse blows, the backup battery will still preserve the memory of the machine. Furthermore
|
|||
|
|
the Workabout can still be powered from a mains adaptor via a LIF Converter.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Caution regarding lithium batteries
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that there is a risk of explosion if lithium batteries are fitted incorrectly. Be sure that the backup
|
|||
|
|
battery is fitted so that the face of the battery containing the plus symbol is the one towards the outer edge
|
|||
|
|
of the machine. This is the flatter of the two faces.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A Lithium battery should be replaced only with one of the same or equivalent type as the one supplied by
|
|||
|
|
Psion. Used lithium batteries should be disposed of according to the manufacturer's instructions. Always
|
|||
|
|
tape over the terminals before disposal.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The normal Workabout screen is a retardation film LCD, 62.4mm (2.45 inches) wide by 30mm
|
|||
|
|
(1.18 inches) high, displaying 240 pixels horizontally and 100 pixels vertically. The pixel dimensions
|
|||
|
|
are 0.27mm by 0.23mm, with a pitch of 0.30mm by 0.26mm.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In the default (proportional) font, the screen displays seven lines, each with around 24 characters. If fewer
|
|||
|
|
characters are required to be displayed, a larger font can be used, to achieve a more striking screen image,
|
|||
|
|
(and vice versa).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Changing the font is only one example of the graphics support supplied by the resident software.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
By default, the screen is illuminated by reflected light, using, (as throughout the Workabout),
|
|||
|
|
state-of-the-art technology. In case additional lighting is required, some variants (e.g. the 1MKB variant)
|
|||
|
|
are provided with a factory-fitted backlight. A backlight may also be retro-fitted to any model. This
|
|||
|
|
backlight can be switched on or off whenever the user requires, (bearing in mind that there is an
|
|||
|
|
inevitable additional drain on the batteries whenever the backlight is used).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
512K
|
|||
|
|
RAM
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VAOOEAGE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The switch for the backlight has a Sg symbol on it. In addition, the Workabout can be configured to
|
|||
|
|
switch off the backlight automatically once a given time period has elapsed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Screen contrast may be adjusted using the contrast key, which has a id symbol on it. Pressing this key on
|
|||
|
|
its own makes the background darker. Pressing Shift-Contrast makes the screen background lighter. In
|
|||
|
|
both cases the operation cycles round when the adjustment reaches the end of its range.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Keyboard
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The keyboard features positive travel rubber keys with durable legends.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Two keyboard layouts are available, depending on how the Workabout is to be used:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e The standard full alphanumeric keyboard (57 keys).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e The alphanumeric keyboard can be augmented with special characters used in Scandinavian and
|
|||
|
|
Western European countries. These characters can be printed on the key surround as a factory
|
|||
|
|
fitted option, (above and to the right of the relevant keys). The extra characters are accessed via
|
|||
|
|
the Psion modifier key once the "Special keyboard" has been selected. Note that the following
|
|||
|
|
diagram shows these characters, but that they are not present on the key surround of a standard
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
machine.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@QX@ED,;
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A) (6 MOGIG
|
|||
|
|
QaHNOOWM
|
|||
|
|
m) (N) 0) P) (@) @)
|
|||
|
|
1G JOW
|
|||
|
|
Ce) © © GBRGA
|
|||
|
|
( y _) (crt) (aes) workabout
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The following special keys are present:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On/Esc
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ce: (Backlight) Switches the backlight on and off, (where fitted).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Switches the Workabout off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Switches the Workabout on, and functions as an Escape key, (used to clear a line of
|
|||
|
|
input or cancel an entry).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The use of this is under application control, i.e. it is not used by any core system
|
|||
|
|
code. It may be acted upon by the foreground process, or by any process that captures
|
|||
|
|
the keypress including the Command Processor and System Screen. Used to bring up
|
|||
|
|
a set of menus. In the Startup Shell it brings up the Special menu that allows you to
|
|||
|
|
choose a system interface, or to restart the shell.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
d (Contrast) Controls the contrast of the LCD display.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Del
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Enter
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
¥ (Psion)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Used to edit typing, and to delete items of various kinds, database records, for
|
|||
|
|
example.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Terminates a line of input, exits a dialog, etc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
An extra modifier key (analogous to Alt on a PC), recognisable by its familiar "cup
|
|||
|
|
and saucer" Psion logo.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There are also several special keypress combinations:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Esc
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ctrl-Esc
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Space
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Left
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Right
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Up
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Down
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Ctrl-B
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Buzzer
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "Help" hotkey combination. The use of this is under application control, i.e. it is
|
|||
|
|
not used by any core system code. It may be acted upon by the foreground process, or
|
|||
|
|
by any process that captures the keypress including the Command Processor and
|
|||
|
|
System Screen. It is used to bring up a Help menu. It appears to any application
|
|||
|
|
exactly like the Help key on a Psion Series 3a.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "Help index" hotkey combination. It is used to bring up a Help index. It appears
|
|||
|
|
to any application exactly like the Ctrl-Help key combination on a Psion Series 3a.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "Task" hotkey combination. It allows switching between tasks.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "Caps lock" key combination. This is used to switch between normal and "Caps
|
|||
|
|
lock" modes. In normal operations lower case characters are the default, with upper
|
|||
|
|
case only when the Shift key is held down. In "Caps lock" mode, upper case
|
|||
|
|
characters are the default and lower case characters are obtained by holding down the
|
|||
|
|
Shift key.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "Home" key combination. The use of this is under application control.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "End" key combination. The use of this is under application control.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "Page Up" key combination. The use of this is under application control.
|
|||
|
|
The "Page Down" key combination. The use of this is under application control.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "Battery" hotkey combination. It displays battery information: main battery state
|
|||
|
|
and type, backup battery state and whether external power is present. It is available at
|
|||
|
|
all times regardless of what application is running, (it is implemented in the Startup
|
|||
|
|
Shell). Note: for correct information the drawer must be securely closed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout contains a piezo buzzer for beeps, key clicks, etc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The basic software
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The software running on a Workabout at any one time is a mixture of:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e ROM resident core software (the "operating system").
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e ROM resident utilities, such as the MS-DOS like Command Processor, OPL program editor and
|
|||
|
|
the LINK communications software.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e ROM resident PIM application software, (the System Screen, database, calculator, spreadsheet
|
|||
|
|
and/or communications terminal emulator).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Application software, from an SSD or internal memory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Library software, again from an SSD or internal memory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Versions of the Workabout software
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To see which version of ROM software is contained in any Workabout, enter ver at the > prompt in the
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor. The Workabout ROM version number is given, plus a separate version number for
|
|||
|
|
the EPOC operating system, and another one for the Workabout System Interface.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1-8
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ROM components
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In addition to those files in the ROM that are common to all SIBO computers, there are several that are
|
|||
|
|
unique (or specifically adapted) to the Workabout. These include:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sys$shll.img The Startup Shell, that displays the Psion logo when the machine is first
|
|||
|
|
switched on, or after a reset. It runs any autoexec file, and gives the battery
|
|||
|
|
information window.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sys$cmdp.img The Command Processor, as described in detail in a separate chapter.
|
|||
|
|
sys$gsys.img The System Screen, as described in detail in a separate chapter.
|
|||
|
|
sys$ctry.cfo This file holds all the language-dependent text strings used by the
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
operating system, as well as the standard keyboard layout information. It is
|
|||
|
|
used in preference to sys$ctry.int when you select the Standard keyboard
|
|||
|
|
option from the Command Processor's Control menu, or enter setdef /k0.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sys$ctry.int This file holds all the language-dependent text strings used by the
|
|||
|
|
operating system, as well as the special keyboard layout information. It is
|
|||
|
|
used in preference to sys$ctry.cfo when you select the Special keyboard
|
|||
|
|
option from the Command Processor's Control menu, or enter setdef /k1.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
opl.dyl Provides the facilities needed to enable programs written in OPL to be run.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
oplts3.dyl Provides the facilities needed to enable Psion Series 3 type OPL programs
|
|||
|
|
to be run on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The ROM also contains a number of built-in fonts (*,fon files). The Workabout fonts are identical to those
|
|||
|
|
used in the Series 3a and are described in the Text fonts section of the Introduction chapter of the Window
|
|||
|
|
Server Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To obtain a listing of all the files in the ROM, enter dir rom:: at the > prompt of the Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor. Note, however, that no file corresponding to EPOC itself appears in this listing. EPOC is the
|
|||
|
|
kernel of the operating system, and not a file in rom: :.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note: The ROM contains the file sys$soak.img. This is a soak test program that is intended for Psion use
|
|||
|
|
only. Since this program erases everything in memory, it should not be run.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This application is included in the ROM for the benefit of program developers. It provides a DOS-like
|
|||
|
|
command line interface.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In addition to the familiar DOS commands there are several commands peculiar to the Workabout. Some
|
|||
|
|
provide information, such as usec. Others invoke features of the Workabout which are beyond the scope
|
|||
|
|
of DOS, such as start which runs processes asynchronously.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This application can also run batch files. It is invoked transparently by the Startup Shell to run
|
|||
|
|
autoexec. btf if required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
See the Workabout Command Processor chapter for further details.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
System Screen and PIM applications
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The System Screen application is included in the Workabout ROM as an example of a GUI application. It
|
|||
|
|
is very similar to the Series 3a System Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It provides much of the same functionality as the Command Processor, the major difference being that
|
|||
|
|
there is no batch file handling.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Modified versions of the Series 3a personal information management (PIM) applications Data (database),
|
|||
|
|
Calc (calculator) and Comms (communications), and of the Series 3 Sheet (spreadsheet) are included by
|
|||
|
|
way of examples of the machine's potential. Most of the modifications concern the size of dialog boxes, in
|
|||
|
|
that a smaller dialog box font is used when the applications run on a Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Details of the use of the System Screen and the PIM applications are beyond the scope of this SDK. An
|
|||
|
|
introduction to their use may be found in the Workabout User Guide that is available with Workabout
|
|||
|
|
machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Resetting the Workabout
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is rarely necessary to reset the Workabout. Even a serious bug in the application being developed is
|
|||
|
|
unlikely to cause the entire Workabout system to hang. For example, any illegal attempt by an application
|
|||
|
|
to write to data outside its own data segment will cause the operating system to terminate the application
|
|||
|
|
in a so-called panic. The same thing happens if an application leaves interrupts disabled for too long. In
|
|||
|
|
some instances of software failure, however, a reset may prove necessary.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To avoid the possibility of losing any data used by an application, terminate all applications and save any
|
|||
|
|
important data to an SSD or a PC before performing a reset.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note: There are two holes at the top and bottom centre of the keyboard on the Workabout. Neither of these
|
|||
|
|
is for a recessed reset switch.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Soft reset
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To perform a soft reset, press Psion-Ctrl-Del, (equivalent to Alt-Ctrl-Del on a PC, or pressing the reset
|
|||
|
|
switch on a Psion HC or Series 3/3a). You will hear a short warning buzz. The Workabout then turns off,
|
|||
|
|
abandoning all programs running at the time, without saving any data currently in use by them. The files
|
|||
|
|
in the internal memory (M:) will not be lost, however.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Hard reset
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If, unusually, all the internal memory (including environment variables) is to be erased too, keep the Shift
|
|||
|
|
key held down while resetting the machine, i.e. press Psion-Shift-Ctrl-Del. You will hear a short warning
|
|||
|
|
buzz. This is known as a hard reset. It is essentially equivalent to using:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e the reset switch on a PC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e the reset switch with the ON/OFF key held down on a Psion HC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e the reset switch with the ON/Esc key held down on a Series 3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e the reset switch with the right-hand Shift key held down on a Series 3a.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Cold reset
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If neither a soft nor a hard reset work, remove all power and wait a few minutes before restoring power.
|
|||
|
|
The machine must then be switched back on. You will hear a short warning buzz. This is called a cold
|
|||
|
|
reset and will, like a hard reset, also erase the contents of all internal memory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
What happens after a reset
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Following a hard or soft reset, or the temporary removal of all power, the Workabout displays the Psion
|
|||
|
|
logo and startup message, as if switched on for the first time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Customising the Workabout
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This section describes some of the many ways a Workabout can be customised, to make it ideally suited to
|
|||
|
|
some particular set of needs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Hardware customisation
|
|||
|
|
A backlight for the screen may be retro-fitted to any model if required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Simple measures of hardware customisation include alterations to the labels and branding of the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, changes to the colour scheme and new keyboard legends. The machine may also be fitted
|
|||
|
|
with a lockable battery/SSD drawer. More extensive hardware customisation, such as altering the
|
|||
|
|
keyboard layout, are possible.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
These measures of customisation are beyond the scope of this manual, which focuses instead on software
|
|||
|
|
customisation. Contact your distributor if you wish to investigate the possibilities of hardware
|
|||
|
|
customisation.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Software customisation
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout is designed to facilitate software customisation. Although (unlike the HC) the contents of
|
|||
|
|
the ROM can not be reprogrammed, there are a number of ways in which the Workabout can run custom
|
|||
|
|
application software. These include:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e supplying an autoexec file,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e replacing the Startup Shell,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e replacing the Command Processor,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e replacing the System Screen,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e adding further applications to those that run under the System Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Only the first of these techniques is recommended as a standard way of customising a Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
Nevertheless, the others are techniques that can be used if there is a particular reason for doing so. They
|
|||
|
|
are described in the Programming the Workabout chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Connecting to other computers
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This section describes standard serial connections between a Workabout and another computer, such as a
|
|||
|
|
PC or Apple Macintosh. The discussion is limited to describing connection to a PC, but similar
|
|||
|
|
considerations apply to connecting with other types of computer.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Any connection between two computers involves a hardware connection and a software connection.
|
|||
|
|
Hardware connection
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Depending on the connectors fitted to the Workabout, a standard serial connection can be accomplished in
|
|||
|
|
either of two ways:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e a standard serial cable connecting a Workabout RS232 socket (where fitted) to a serial port on
|
|||
|
|
the other computer.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e a Psion 3Link serial cable connecting a Workabout, via a LIF converter, to a serial port on the
|
|||
|
|
other computer.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note: In order for the Workabout to recognise the presence or absence of the 3Link cable, the LIF
|
|||
|
|
Converter must be disconnected from the Workabout before attaching or removing the cable.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Modern PCs have 9-pin sockets on serial ports; older ones have 25-pin sockets. It is common for PCs to
|
|||
|
|
have two serial ports, designated COM1 and COM2. If you only have one serial port on your PC, it will be
|
|||
|
|
COMI.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Some Psion communications software running on the PC recognises other serial port designations, such as
|
|||
|
|
COMS3 or COM4. However, to ensure that communications will work in all cases, you should ideally
|
|||
|
|
connect the PC end of the cable to COM1 or, if that port is not available, to COM2.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In either case the Workabout could be connected to the other computer via a modem and a suitable
|
|||
|
|
telephone line connection. The Psion 3Link serial cable is supplied with all the necessary software, and
|
|||
|
|
the accompanying documentation explains its use.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A Workabout connected to a modem may be used with the Psion 3Fax SSD software (but note that the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout is not compatible with the Psion 3Fax modem).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Software connection
|
|||
|
|
Communications software must be running on both machines that are connected via a serial cable.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout contains Link software that, in addition to allowing the transfer of serial data, provides
|
|||
|
|
access to the filing system of the attached PC, provided that is also running suitable communications
|
|||
|
|
software. The Link software can be started on the Workabout either by use of the Command Processor's
|
|||
|
|
link command, or by selecting the Remote link option of the System Screen's Special menu. The Link
|
|||
|
|
software is described in the NCP and Link chapter of the I/O Devices Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The software on the PC should be Mclink, RCom (Remote Communications), or any other
|
|||
|
|
communications software intended for communicating with a Psion computer. The Mclink software is
|
|||
|
|
supplied with this SDK and is described in the Mclink, Mcprint and Slink chapter of the Additional
|
|||
|
|
System Information manual. RCom (Remote Communications) software is supplied with the Psion 3Link
|
|||
|
|
cable and is described in the accompanying documentation.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHAPTER 2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WRITING SOFTWARE FOR THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
At the time of writing, either of two high level languages - C or OPL - may be used to develop application
|
|||
|
|
software for the Workabout, although further languages are likely to appear in the future.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The use of OPL is described in the OPL Software Development Kit: this manual, not unnaturally,
|
|||
|
|
concentrates on development in C.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Basic programming choices
|
|||
|
|
Standard C (CLIB) or Psion C (PLIB)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As with all SIBO machines, a significant proportion of C code that has already written for other target
|
|||
|
|
computers can be transferred almost straightaway to run on a Workabout. The availability of the CLIB
|
|||
|
|
standard C library means that all that is required is to recompile and re-link the code.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To take a very simple example, the program simple.c
|
|||
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
int main (void)
|
|||
|
|
{
|
|||
|
|
puts ("Hello world");
|
|||
|
|
getchar();
|
|||
|
|
return (0);
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
}
|
|||
|
|
together with a project file simple.pr
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
#system epoc img
|
|||
|
|
#model small jpi
|
|||
|
|
#compile simple.c
|
|||
|
|
#link simple
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
will run on a Workabout without any difficulty whatsoever (see the chapter Building an Application in the
|
|||
|
|
General Programming Manual for further discussion of TopSpeed .pr project files and their usage).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
However, it is recommended that Workabout developers rewrite the above program to use the Psion-
|
|||
|
|
specific PLIB library, as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
#include <p_std.h>
|
|||
|
|
#include <p_sys.h>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
int main (void)
|
|||
|
|
{
|
|||
|
|
p_puts ("Hello world");
|
|||
|
|
p_getch ();
|
|||
|
|
return (0);
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
with the project file changed to:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
#system epoc img
|
|||
|
|
#set epocinit=iplib
|
|||
|
|
#model small jpi
|
|||
|
|
#compile simple.c
|
|||
|
|
#link simple
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The relative merits of CLIB and PLIB are described in the Building an Application chapter of the General
|
|||
|
|
Programming Manual and the Introduction chapter of the PLIB Reference manual, and will not be further
|
|||
|
|
discussed here.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Since the use of PLIB functions is essential for accessing many of the built-in software features - the
|
|||
|
|
enhanced graphics facilities of the Window Server, for example - the remainder of this chapter is biased
|
|||
|
|
towards PLIB.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Writing the user interface
|
|||
|
|
A SIBO interface can be written in one of the following ways:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Using console service functions such as p_printf, p_get1, and p_puts (or their CLIB
|
|||
|
|
equivalents). These functions can only produce simple row and column text-based output, but can
|
|||
|
|
be extremely useful when debugging an application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Using functions in the Window Server library with the contents of each window backed up with a
|
|||
|
|
bitmap. This method is capable of producing a high quality graphical display, but can be
|
|||
|
|
expensive in terms of memory usage.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Using functions in the Window Server library with the contents of each window explicitly
|
|||
|
|
redrawn. This method is also capable of creating a high quality graphical display. Furthermore, it
|
|||
|
|
is more efficient than the use of bitmap backups, both in terms of memory usage and speed of
|
|||
|
|
drawing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If following either of the last two of these options, you have a further choice of approaches as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
¢ Make direct use of PLIB and Window Server library functions only. This approach gives you the
|
|||
|
|
freedom to implement any form of user interface. However, development of any but a simple
|
|||
|
|
interface may require a significantly increased programming effort compared with the following
|
|||
|
|
two approaches.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
¢ Combine PLIB and Window Server calls with the HWIF library. This approach to application
|
|||
|
|
development, which uses standard C programming techniques, is described in the Programming
|
|||
|
|
in Hwif manual. It provides access, with some restrictions, to the elements of the built-in user
|
|||
|
|
interface that is used for the applications that run under the System Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Use object oriented programming techniques, combining PLIB and Window Server calls with use
|
|||
|
|
of the built-in OLIB, FORM, HWIM and XADD libraries. This approach (referred to in this SDK
|
|||
|
|
as HWIM programming) allows full access to the elements of the built-in user interface, at the
|
|||
|
|
cost of an increased learning curve. See the Object Oriented Programming Guide for a
|
|||
|
|
description of the relevant techniques.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
These three approaches can, to some extent, be combined. It is, for example, permissible for programs
|
|||
|
|
developed predominantly using either of the first two approaches to make object oriented accesses to the
|
|||
|
|
OLIB library, which does not have any dependency on the choice of user interface.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Synchronous or asynchronous processing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is a class of programs in which all input to a program comes via the keyboard. These programs can
|
|||
|
|
be schematised as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Initialise();
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FOREVER
|
|||
|
|
{
|
|||
|
|
ReadKeyFromKeyboard() ;
|
|||
|
|
ProcessKey ();
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Whilst waiting for a key from the keyboard, the program "hangs", i.e. it is unresponsive to other sources
|
|||
|
|
of input. In this case the hanging of the program does not matter, as there are no other sources of input.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The call ReadkeyFromKeyboard makes what is known as a synchronous read for a key; it is synchronous
|
|||
|
|
because it does not return until the keypress it is waiting for has been delivered: the return of the call
|
|||
|
|
making the request is automatically synchronised with the delivery of the keypress.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 WRITING SOFTWARE FOR THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Consider another example of synchronous i/o. In this case, a program that is printing data might be
|
|||
|
|
structured (at least in part) as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Initialise();
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FOREVER
|
|||
|
|
{
|
|||
|
|
PrepareLineToPrint ();
|
|||
|
|
SendLineToPrinter ();
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This program loop terminates when there is nothing left to print. Now the process of sending a line of
|
|||
|
|
data to the printer might take some time. Furthermore, the printer's buffer could be full, in which case the
|
|||
|
|
program would have to wait for the buffer to empty a bit before being able to transmit the next line for
|
|||
|
|
printing. If the call sendLineToPrinter is implemented synchronously, the program will "hang" in this
|
|||
|
|
call until the data had been transmitted to the printer. In this state, the program is, again, unresponsive to
|
|||
|
|
other sources of input.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A printing program could, and should, allow the user to terminate the printing while it is in progress by
|
|||
|
|
simply pressing a predefined key. This means that the program must remain responsive to keypresses even
|
|||
|
|
while data is waiting to be sent to the printer. Such a modification requires the synchronous call
|
|||
|
|
SendLineToPrinter to become asynchronous.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The software on all SIBO machines has been explicitly designed to address these issues. For all but the
|
|||
|
|
simplest of programs the concept of asynchronous events 1s central to successful programming on the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, and application developers are strongly urged to face up to this issue squarely, from the
|
|||
|
|
beginning. Example programs in the Fundamental Programming Guidelines chapter of the General
|
|||
|
|
Programming Manual cover the necessary concepts in a thorough yet straightforward manner.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Customisation options
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout is designed to facilitate software customisation. Although (unlike the HC) the contents of
|
|||
|
|
the ROM can not be reprogrammed, there are a number of ways in which the Workabout can run custom
|
|||
|
|
application software. These include:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e replacing the Startup Shell,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e replacing the Command Processor,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e replacing the System Screen,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e adding further applications to those that run under the System Screen,
|
|||
|
|
e supplying an autoexec file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Only the last of these techniques is recommended as a standard way of customising a Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
Nevertheless, the others are techniques that can be used if there is a particular reason for doing so.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Replacing the Startup Shell
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
When the Workabout is first switched on (or following a reset), the Window Server sys$wsrv.img looks
|
|||
|
|
for and runs a program called sys$shll.img. It looks for this program in the root directory of all local
|
|||
|
|
drives, scanning them in alphabetical order, and finally in the ROM. Note that this is not the same search
|
|||
|
|
order as is used to locate program files that are executed from the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Window Server also looks for a program of this name, along the same path, whenever the Startup
|
|||
|
|
Shell terminates - either normally or abnormally - so as never to leave the Workabout without a version of
|
|||
|
|
sys$shil.img running on it.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The program started in this way is called the Startup Shell. The built-in version is the program that, on
|
|||
|
|
start-up, looks for and runs any autoexec file or, if no such file is found, presents the Psion logo.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Startup Shell program in the ROM can clearly be replaced by one on an SSD. There is, however, only
|
|||
|
|
a very small RAM overhead involved in having the standard Workabout Startup Shell installed and,
|
|||
|
|
unless an application needs as much available RAM as possible, there is little advantage in replacing it. It
|
|||
|
|
may be of interest to note that this technique is, in fact, used by Psion during factory testing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
During development and initial testing, a replacement Startup Shell should be given another name, such
|
|||
|
|
as workshil.img, and only renamed to sys$shll.img when you are sure that it is free of serious bugs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2-3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a replacement Startup Shell is on an SSD, you can revert to the built-in version simply by removing the
|
|||
|
|
SSD and performing a soft reset. This will preserve any data in the machine's RAM. With a replacement
|
|||
|
|
startup shell on the M: internal drive, the only way to revert to the built-in Startup Shell is to perform a
|
|||
|
|
hard reset, or to remove all power from the machine - including the backup battery. This will also erase
|
|||
|
|
any other data held in RAM.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Replacing the Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The ROM Command Processor is provided for development work, supporting a rich variety of file
|
|||
|
|
management, task management, system configuration, and batch file processing commands. However, this
|
|||
|
|
functionality brings its own cost in RAM consumption that may well be undesirable for a Workabout
|
|||
|
|
running application software. For this reason the Command Processor is not loaded into RAM when the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout is first switched on.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Startup Shell on the Workabout, sys$shll.img, looks for a program called sys$cmdp.img if the
|
|||
|
|
Command processor menu option is selected from the System Interface selection dialog, or if the
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor needs to be loaded to execute a batch file. In either case it looks for the file in
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
the root directory and then the \img directory of drive A:, and then in each of the other local drives
|
|||
|
|
(including M:). The drives are scanned in alphabetical order. If the file is not found in any local drive, the
|
|||
|
|
search concludes by looking in the ROM. The Command Processor program in the ROM can thus be
|
|||
|
|
over-ridden by one in any local drive. (Note that the search order is not the same as that used to locate
|
|||
|
|
program files that are executed from the Command Processor.)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a replacement Command Processor is on an SSD, you can revert to the built-in version simply by
|
|||
|
|
removing the SSD at a time when the Command Processor is not running. If the replacement is on the M:
|
|||
|
|
internal drive, reverting to the built-in version may be less easy. If the replacement Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
allows you to exit, you can do so and then rename or delete it from, say, the System Screen. Otherwise, the
|
|||
|
|
only option may be to perform a hard reset.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
One possible use of a custom Command Processor file is to discourage "hackers". Minimal custom System
|
|||
|
|
Interfaces could be provided on the same SSD as the autoexec file, and could even be copied automatically
|
|||
|
|
onto the internal drive. These custom System Interfaces would merely notify the user that their chosen
|
|||
|
|
option was not allowed and return them to their application program or to the Startup Shell.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Replacing the System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The built-in System Screen and the applications that run under it are provided mainly to illustrate some of
|
|||
|
|
the possibilities for custom applications, but they may also be useful for development work.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Startup Shell on the Workabout, sys$shil.img, looks for a program called sys$gsys.img if the System
|
|||
|
|
screen menu option is selected from the System Interface selection dialog. It looks for the file in the root
|
|||
|
|
directory and then the \img directory of drive A:, and then in each of the other local drives (including M:).
|
|||
|
|
The drives are scanned in alphabetical order. If the file is not found in any local drive, the search
|
|||
|
|
concludes by looking in the ROM. The System Screen program in the ROM can thus be over-ridden by
|
|||
|
|
one in any local drive. (Note that the search order is not the same as that used to locate program files that
|
|||
|
|
are executed from the Command Processor.)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a replacement System Screen is on an SSD, you can revert to the built-in version simply by removing
|
|||
|
|
the SSD at a time when the System Screen is not running. If the replacement is on the M: internal drive,
|
|||
|
|
reverting to the built-in version may be less easy. If the replacement System Screen allows you to exit, you
|
|||
|
|
can do so and then rename or delete it from, say, the Command Processor. Otherwise, the only option may
|
|||
|
|
be to perform a hard reset.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As with the Command Processor, one possible use of a custom System Screen file is to discourage
|
|||
|
|
"hackers". Minimal custom System Interfaces could be provided on the same SSD as the autoexec file,
|
|||
|
|
and could even be copied automatically onto the internal drive. These custom System Interfaces would
|
|||
|
|
merely notify the user that their chosen option was not allowed and return them to their application
|
|||
|
|
program or to the Startup Shell.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Adding System Screen applications
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Strictly speaking, this technique should not be termed customisation, but is included for the sake of
|
|||
|
|
completeness.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is not a viable option for the vast majority of end-user machines, but can be a useful aid to development
|
|||
|
|
work. The following types of file, copied to any local drive, can be run under the System Screen:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
¢ application programs, written in C, with a .app extension and located in a \app directory (directly
|
|||
|
|
installable from the Install option of the System Screen's Apps menu)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 WRITING SOFTWARE FOR THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e image files, written in C, with a .img extension and located in a \img directory (run from the
|
|||
|
|
RunImg icon that can be installed by means of the Install standard option of the System Screen's
|
|||
|
|
Apps menu)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e translated OPL applications, with a .opa extension and located in a \opa directory (directly
|
|||
|
|
installable from the Install option of the System Screen's Apps menu)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e translated OPL programs, with a .opo extension and located in a \opo directory (run from the
|
|||
|
|
RunOpl icon that can be installed by means of the Install standard option of the System Screen's
|
|||
|
|
Apps menu)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Any such program written for the Series 3 will run without modification on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In principle, Series 3a programs should also run on the Workabout. In practice, Series 3a programs may
|
|||
|
|
need some degree of modification to ensure, for example, that any dialogs and command menus will fit on
|
|||
|
|
the Workabout's screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
See the Series 3/3a Programming Guide for information on writing applications to run under the System
|
|||
|
|
Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Supplying an autoexec file
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Most end-user machines will run customised application software via the built-in autoexec mechanism, by
|
|||
|
|
which the Startup Shell will search for and run a file with the file name autoexec and an extension that is
|
|||
|
|
one of: .img, .app, .opo, .opa, or .btf.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Startup Shell first searches for a file with the name autoexec.img in the root directory and then in a
|
|||
|
|
\img subdirectory of drive A: The search for this file continues in all other local drives, taken in alphabetic
|
|||
|
|
order, that is, in B:, C: (if it is present) and M:. The Startup Shell does not look for autoexec.img in the
|
|||
|
|
ROM.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If such a file is not found, the Startup Shell searches for other autoexec files in the following order:
|
|||
|
|
¢ an autoexec.app file in the root directory and a \app subdirectory
|
|||
|
|
e an autoexec.opo file in the root directory and a \opo subdirectory
|
|||
|
|
e an autoexec.opa file in the root directory and a \app subdirectory
|
|||
|
|
e an autoexec. btf file in the root directory and a \bff subdirectory
|
|||
|
|
In each case all local drives are searched in alphabetic order, as described for the search for autoexec.img.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If an autoexec file is written in OPL (that is, it has an extension of either .opo or .opa) its execution
|
|||
|
|
requires the OPL runtime software provided by the file sys$prgo.img. The search for this file looks in the
|
|||
|
|
root and \img directories of all local drives (again in alphabetic order) and finally in the ROM. This
|
|||
|
|
search order allows the built-in sys$prgo.img to be replaced, if required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the autoexec file is a batch file (that is, with extension .btf) the Startup Shell will need to locate and run
|
|||
|
|
the Command Processor, whose file name is sys$cmdp.img, to interpret the batch file. The search for this
|
|||
|
|
file looks in the root and \img directories of all local drives (again in alphabetic order) and finally in the
|
|||
|
|
ROM. This search order allows the built-in sys$cmdp.img to be replaced, if required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
No command line parameters are passed to any autoexec file that is run by means of this mechanism. In
|
|||
|
|
practice, many .app or .img application programs may require command line data, such as the name of a
|
|||
|
|
data file to open. In such a case, the solution is to use a short autoexec. btf batch file that starts the main
|
|||
|
|
application program, passing it such command line data as may be needed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A further use for such an auxiliary autoexec batch file is to provide a convenient way to make any
|
|||
|
|
necessary alterations to the default machine settings before running an application. The following
|
|||
|
|
example batch file autoexec. btf illustrates both of these uses:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REM Set 24 hour clock and Summer Time ON
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SETDEF /t24 /ts+
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REM Run the MY_APP.IMG program, passing two command line parameters
|
|||
|
|
START my_app my_file my_param
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that the program is started asynchronously, by means of the start command. The advantage of
|
|||
|
|
doing this is that execution of the batch file continues to its termination once the program has been
|
|||
|
|
started. On termination of the batch file, the Command Processor will automatically be unloaded, thereby
|
|||
|
|
releasing as much memory as possible for use by the main program.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2-5
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
An autoexec. btf batch file must not require any intervention from the user. It must not, for example,
|
|||
|
|
contain any pAusE commands. Any other command that may require confirmation from the user, such as
|
|||
|
|
DEL, must be used in the form (e.g. pzEL /y) that requires no such confirmation.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
See the Workabout Command Processor chapter for further information about writing batch files and
|
|||
|
|
using Command Processor commands.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Programming guidelines
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Because of the close similarity between their operating systems and the built-in software libraries,
|
|||
|
|
programming for the Workabout is very similar to programming for the Series 3 and Series 3a. The
|
|||
|
|
information in this section concentrates largely on the more significant differences. Although of interest to
|
|||
|
|
all Workabout developers, some of the topics will be of particular significance to those who are already
|
|||
|
|
familiar with developing applications for the Series 3 and/or Series 3a.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As has been mentioned earlier, programs written for the Series 3 or the Series 3a can, in principle, be run
|
|||
|
|
without modification on the Workabout, whether they are written using CLIB, PLIB, the HWIF library or
|
|||
|
|
the HWIM object oriented user interface. In practice, Series 3a programs may need some modification
|
|||
|
|
because of the smaller screen size on the Workabout. In HWIF or HWIM programs, menu bars, pull-down
|
|||
|
|
menus and dialogs may all need to be reorganised to occupy less space. Note, however, that the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout permits dialogs to be displayed in a small font (this is supported for both HWIF and HWIM
|
|||
|
|
programming) and this may eliminate the need to otherwise modify the dialog contents.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
One further point that may cause unexpected behaviour in an application transferred from, say, the
|
|||
|
|
Series 3 is the presence of additional keys, such as the Backlight key, on the Workabout keyboard. It is
|
|||
|
|
worth a careful check of the list of special keys, given in the Events chapter of the Window Server
|
|||
|
|
Reference manual, for differences in the various keypresses that are passed to an application running on
|
|||
|
|
different machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Some consequences of not running under the System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
All application software on the Series 3 and Series 3a is run from the System Screen (see the Series 3/3a
|
|||
|
|
Programming Guide) whereas on the Workabout it is not. With the possible exception of software used
|
|||
|
|
during the development process, Workabout application software is normally run by means of the
|
|||
|
|
autoexec mechanism, either directly or via an autoexec.btf batch file, as described earlier in this chapter.
|
|||
|
|
In this respect, programming for the Workabout has much in common with programming for the HC (but
|
|||
|
|
with the additional possibilities arising from the availability of grey when writing to the display and of the
|
|||
|
|
graphical user interface services provided by the built-in object libraries).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout applications that do not run under the System Screen have no need for the icon and shell data
|
|||
|
|
files that are built into each Series 3/3a application (usually with a .app extension) that can be directly
|
|||
|
|
installed under the System Screen. These files contain information specifically for the use of the System
|
|||
|
|
Screen, when installing and launching the application. See the Add-files section later in this chapter for
|
|||
|
|
more information on the files that may be built into a Workabout application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Applications that are not run under the System Screen obviously will not receive System Screen messages.
|
|||
|
|
One of the uses of such messages is to inform a Series 3/3a file-based application, while it is running, to
|
|||
|
|
open or create a different file. By default on the Workabout, information about which file to use can only
|
|||
|
|
be passed on start-up of the application, in the command line.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In an HWIM application, command line processing is provided by the am_init method of the application's
|
|||
|
|
instance of (a subclass of) pwrmman. This processing is based on the assumption that the data in the
|
|||
|
|
command line is of the form supplied by the System Screen - as described in the Series 3/3a Programming
|
|||
|
|
Guide. If the application uses a different format for command line data, it will have to supply its own code
|
|||
|
|
to process that data. As for all applications running under EPOC, the command line data - with a leading
|
|||
|
|
count byte - is pointed to by the magic static DatcommandPtr.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Data integrity
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Compared with those written for some other SIBO machines, a Workabout application is likely to be more
|
|||
|
|
critically dependent on access to data, stored either in RAM or in files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 WRITING SOFTWARE FOR THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Failure to access or to write data because the battery is too exhausted is likely to be disastrous if the user is
|
|||
|
|
away from a source of replacement power source. To some extent, this problem can be avoided by
|
|||
|
|
establishing a policy of regular battery replacement. In addition, the system software performs battery
|
|||
|
|
status checks each time the machine is switched on and will give the appropriate warning message if
|
|||
|
|
either the main or backup batteries need replacing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In some cases it may, however, be worth considering building regular battery status checks into the
|
|||
|
|
application software and giving the user application-specific warnings. Comprehensive information on
|
|||
|
|
battery status can be found by use of the PLIB functions, such as p_supply and p_supplyinfo, that are
|
|||
|
|
described in the Power supply section of the General System Services chapter of the PLIB Reference
|
|||
|
|
manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Another potential source of problems is if a user opens the drawer, say, to change an SSD or to replace the
|
|||
|
|
batteries, and does not subsequently close it. In such a case, not only is the data on the SSDs inaccessible,
|
|||
|
|
but the Workabout is then susceptible to the ingress of dirt and moisture. If such a situation is possible,
|
|||
|
|
and is of concern, the application should make explicit checks at appropriate intervals.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is not possible to check for an open drawer by means of a call to the PLIB function p_iocchg, since
|
|||
|
|
EPOC only registers the change that is reported by this function at the time that the drawer is
|
|||
|
|
subsequently closed. Suitable methods of detecting an open drawer would be to attempt to access an SSD
|
|||
|
|
file that is known to exist, or to call p_dinfo for drives A: and/or B:.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Add-files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Any executable that is built to run on the Workabout may have up to four additional files, known as
|
|||
|
|
add-files, embedded within it. These files are combined with the main file by emake.exe, at the time the
|
|||
|
|
.img file is created. The inclusion of these files is controlled by the presence or absence of an add-file list
|
|||
|
|
(.afl) file with the same name as the .img file that is being created. See the Building an Application
|
|||
|
|
chapter in the General Programming Manual for further general information about add-files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The add-file list (aff) file is a plain text file, containing a list of up to four files that are to be embedded in
|
|||
|
|
the executable. An application that is to run under the system screen will generally have three embedded
|
|||
|
|
files: an icon, a resource file and a shell data file. Consider, for example, such an application, named
|
|||
|
|
myapp.app (by convention, a .img file containing add-files is renamed to have a .app extension). An
|
|||
|
|
appropriate add-file list file would be named myapp.afl and could have the following content:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
myapp.pic
|
|||
|
|
myapp.rsc
|
|||
|
|
myapp.shd
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The first and last of these three files are used by the System Screen when installing and running the
|
|||
|
|
application. In Series 3 and Series 3a applications, the icon may also be displayed in an application's
|
|||
|
|
status window, but the Workabout status window, however, never displays an application's icon. For
|
|||
|
|
further details of the icon and shell data files, see the Series 3/3a Programming Guide.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In principle, the four possible add-files may be used for any application-specific purpose. An application
|
|||
|
|
for the Workabout will, in general, not be run from the System Screen and will therefore not need to
|
|||
|
|
contain embedded icon and shell data files. The application may, however, need to use a resource file and,
|
|||
|
|
although not mandatory, it is recommended that this file be embedded in the application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the application contains an embedded resource file, and if the resource file is accessed via the OLIB
|
|||
|
|
RSCFILE Class, then the resource file must be embedded as the second add-file. This will almost certainly
|
|||
|
|
be the case for any application developed with the aid of the HWIM library. Such an application must
|
|||
|
|
have a resource file and will normally take advantage of the option for the pwrmman application manager
|
|||
|
|
automatically to create an instance of rscFr1ue. If there is no need for any other embedded files, a dummy
|
|||
|
|
file, preferably of zero length, must be created and included as the first embedded file, to ensure that the
|
|||
|
|
resource file occupies the second slot.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
No access to WLD: or ALM:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The services required by the wip: device driver are supplied by the World application that is built into the
|
|||
|
|
Series 3 and Series 3a ROMs, but is not present on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Similarly, it is the Time application on the Series 3 and Series 3a that provides the services required by
|
|||
|
|
the atm: device driver. Again, this application is not supplied on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In consequence, any application using either of these device drivers will fail if run on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Programming examples
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The vast majority of the examples that are supplied with this SDK are suitable for use on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
The Console examples (that is, those that use only the simple PLIB I/O functions for writing to the screen)
|
|||
|
|
are largely machine-independent and will run without modification. Most of the example applications that
|
|||
|
|
use either the HWIF or HWIM libraries will also run on the Workabout, unless they depend on, say, the
|
|||
|
|
wider screen of the Series 3a, or make use of facilities (such as the Series 3a's additional sound services)
|
|||
|
|
that are not available on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The \sibosdk\wkdemo directory that can be installed from the Optional disk contains two examples, one
|
|||
|
|
written using HWIF and the other being an object oriented HWIM application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Tables application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The HWIF example is a modified version of the Tables program that is described in the Worked Examples
|
|||
|
|
in Hwif chapter of the Programming in Hwif manual. The unmodified version of Tables will, of course,
|
|||
|
|
run on the Workabout in compatibility mode, using a 240 x 80 region, centred vertically.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Amongst other things, the Workabout version illustrates the modest number of changes that are, in
|
|||
|
|
general, necessary to convert a 'standard' Hwif application into one that is customised for running on the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout. Since the Tables program is described in some detail in the Programming in Hwif manual,
|
|||
|
|
the description here will concentrate on the changes that have been made.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Apart from the project file, tables.pr, the entire source of the Workabout version of the application is
|
|||
|
|
contained in the single file tables.c. The application does not use a resource file and, if it is not run from
|
|||
|
|
the System Screen, it needs neither an icon (.pic) file nor a shell data (.shd) file. The Workabout version
|
|||
|
|
therefore does not need the tables.afl add-file list, nor any of the files that it lists. Note that, in the original
|
|||
|
|
HWIF version, the file tables.rsc is a zero-length dummy file, whose sole purpose is to ensure that
|
|||
|
|
tables.shd is added in the third add-files slot.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The first modification is to switch out of Series 3 compatibility mode by setting the value of the variable
|
|||
|
|
_UseFullScreen to a non-zero value:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GLREF_D UWORD _UseFullScreen;
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GLDEF_C VOID main(VOID)
|
|||
|
|
{
|
|||
|
|
_UseFullScreen=TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
uCommontInit ();
|
|||
|
|
SpecificInit();
|
|||
|
|
MainLoop () ;
|
|||
|
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In consequence, the application will occupy all 100 lines of the screen and the height of the main window,
|
|||
|
|
IN ReduceScreenSize, is changed from 80 to 100 pixels. Note that the use of a status window is
|
|||
|
|
maintained. This avoids changing the width of the window, which would otherwise introduce a large
|
|||
|
|
number of trivial changes to the code in terms of the horizontal positioning of the window contents. The
|
|||
|
|
status window on the Workabout does not show an application's icon, even if one is built into the
|
|||
|
|
application. When first started, the application has the appearance as shown below.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COE D Syren)
|
|||
|
|
Node
|
|||
|
|
C4) (3) Ce) ©)
|
|||
|
|
iJ G@) GIG)
|
|||
|
|
o) CE) Ca) Gem)
|
|||
|
|
A) CB) (©) () (CE) C)
|
|||
|
|
S)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CN ©) (P) (a) (A)
|
|||
|
|
uo fe SS A
|
|||
|
|
TM OW) OW) CO
|
|||
|
|
(a NY) REN
|
|||
|
|
Cs) CO @) SBIGH
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ye Ctrl) (pace) workabout
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 WRITING SOFTWARE FOR THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The vertical positioning of all the window's content is adjusted, not only because of the increased height of
|
|||
|
|
the window, but also because by default the Workabout uses an 11 point font (with font ID
|
|||
|
|
WS_FONT_BASE+9) whereas an 8 point font (with font ID ws_ront_Basg) is used when running in Series 3
|
|||
|
|
compatibility mode. The larger font is also needed when creating the edit box, in createEditor, that is
|
|||
|
|
used to receive the answer, as illustrated below.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Score: 6 correct out of 6
|
|||
|
|
Testing all tables
|
|||
|
|
(up to 12 times 12)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The code to create all but one of the dialogs of the original HWIF version remains unchanged, although
|
|||
|
|
their appearance changes since they make use of grey in the dialog border. The following illustration
|
|||
|
|
shows the Limits dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Score: 1 correct out of 1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Limits for testing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
‘
|
|||
|
|
‘Highest table. 12 \j4u) EX
|
|||
|
|
| 11:44
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Wed 25
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The dialog presented by selecting the Mode option, which selects whether to present tests on a particular
|
|||
|
|
multiplication table, or on all tables, is just too wide to be displayed in the normal font. This dialog is
|
|||
|
|
therefore set to use a smaller font:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GLREF_D UWORD _SmallFontDialog;
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LOCAL_C VOID ChangeMode (VOID)
|
|||
|
|
{
|
|||
|
|
H_DI_CHOICE ch;
|
|||
|
|
INT 3;
|
|||
|
|
TEXT buf [20];
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
_SmallFontDialog=TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
if (uOpenDialog ("Mode") )
|
|||
|
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The resulting appearance of the dialog is as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Score: 1 correct out of 1
|
|||
|
|
Testing all tables
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The application can be built in the normal way, by typing:
|
|||
|
|
make tables
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The easiest way of running it is to copy tables.img into a \img directory on the Workabout and then, from
|
|||
|
|
the Workabout's Command processor, typing:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
tables
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Lcdtest application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Lcdtest example is an HWIM application, using the object oriented techniques that are described in
|
|||
|
|
the Object Oriented Programming Guide.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The application was written to test drawing to the Workabout's screen. It displays a variety of patterns,
|
|||
|
|
occupying every pixel. When first started, the application presents the display shown below.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
|
|||
|
|
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The numeric keys, from 1 to 6 inclusive, switch to alternative display patterns, and pressing the 0 key
|
|||
|
|
inverts the current display pattern.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The application has a small menu bar, with Control and Special menus. The Special menu offers an Exit
|
|||
|
|
option and the Control menu has options to test the backlight (assuming that it is fitted) and to test sound
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
output.
|
|||
|
|
mummers) Control_|_Special_) cesses
|
|||
|
|
Backlight ~B
|
|||
|
|
Sound S| NN
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The dialog presented by selecting the Sound option is shown below.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CDEFGHI JKLMNOPQRS TUUWXY ZABCDEF
|
|||
|
|
GHI JKLMNOP@QRS TUVWXY ZABCDEFGHI J
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|___Make test sound _/PPOR
|
|||
|
|
bl Duration (ticks) Abe
|
|||
|
|
‘Pitch(512/kHz) 3208 pcp
|
|||
|
|
=FGH
|
|||
|
|
I JKLMNOPQRS TUVWXY ZABCDEFGHIJKL
|
|||
|
|
MNOP@GRS TUUNXY ZABCDEFGHI JKLMNOP
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Ledtest application is built by typing:
|
|||
|
|
make lcdtest
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that, since this application has a resource file that is read by means of an instance of the OLIB
|
|||
|
|
RSCFILE Class, the resource file is built into the application, in the second add-file slot. This requires an
|
|||
|
|
add-file list, Icdtest.afl, to be supplied, with contents:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
dummy .pic
|
|||
|
|
lcdtest.rzc
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The file dummy.pic is of zero length, and is used to ensure that the (Huffman compressed) resource file is
|
|||
|
|
built into the second add-file slot.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout specific environment variables
|
|||
|
|
The following environment variables are used only on Workabout machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
S$SVER
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Contains a text string representing the Workabout System Screen version number, for example, “1.00F’.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
C$P@
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This environment variable is set when exiting from the Workabout command processor. It contains a
|
|||
|
|
single ASCII character representing the current drive, with a default value of ‘M’.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2 WRITING SOFTWARE FOR THE WORKABOUT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
C$PA to C$PZ
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The environment variable cspa may be set when exiting from the Workabout command processor, to
|
|||
|
|
contain a text string representing the current path on drive A. It is not set if the drive A path is to the root
|
|||
|
|
directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Similar environment variables may be set for all other possible drives - csps to cspz inclusive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
C$P£
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This environment variable contains the parameters used by Link when accessed from the Workabout
|
|||
|
|
System Screen and/or Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
C$P$
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This environment variable is set following selection of the keyboard from the Command Processor or the
|
|||
|
|
System Screen. It contains a single byte whose binary value is either 0 (Standard keyboard selected) or |
|
|||
|
|
(Special keyboard selected).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2-11
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHAPTER 3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
THE WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout Command Processor System Interface is started by selecting the "Command processor"
|
|||
|
|
option from the Startup Shell's command menu.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Commands can then be entered by typing at the Command Processor, in response to a > prompt. Instead of
|
|||
|
|
commands being entered one at a time, batch files can be invoked, to run a series of commands
|
|||
|
|
consecutively - or simply to cut down on typing. For example, typing:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
xbat
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
is shorthand for invoking all the commands stored in the file xbat.btf. Note that batch files must have the
|
|||
|
|
extension of .bff.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout Command Processor provides an DOS-like utility for functions that can be executed from
|
|||
|
|
a command line. In addition to the familiar DOS commands there are several commands peculiar to the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout. Some provide information, such as LsEc, which lists the memory segments used by a process.
|
|||
|
|
Others invoke features of the Workabout which are beyond the scope of DOS, such as start, which runs
|
|||
|
|
processes asynchronously. The range of functionality covered includes file and SSD management, program
|
|||
|
|
management, information requests, and Workabout configuration.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Although use of the Workabout Command Processor is similar to the way you would use the DOS
|
|||
|
|
command line, there are several important differences. For example:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Relative paths, such as ..\*.*, are not supported and the * wildcard in a file name is handled in
|
|||
|
|
a slightly different way from the way it is handled in DOS.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e =In the Workabout Command Processor, environment variable names are case-sensitive. In
|
|||
|
|
addition, the content of an environment variable is not restricted to text, and may include binary
|
|||
|
|
data.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The differences are explained in the later sections of this chapter.
|
|||
|
|
Two features are available in the Workabout Command Processor, but not in the DOS command line.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Asmall set of menu options can be accessed by pressing the Menu key. These are described in the
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor menus section of this chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e At the command line prompt, pressing Shift-Esc brings up a Help menu; pressing Ctrl-Shift-Esc
|
|||
|
|
brings up a Help index.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor menus
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the Menu key is pressed at any time when using the Workabout Command Processor, then a menu bar
|
|||
|
|
with three menus is presented. The options in these menus are mainly concerned with setting parameters
|
|||
|
|
and states that have a global effect. For the default machine settings, see the ss TDEF command in the
|
|||
|
|
Alphabetical listing section, later in this chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Each menu option may be accessed using an accelerator key combination that is shown in the menu,
|
|||
|
|
adjacent to the corresponding option. The available options and their corresponding accelerators are listed
|
|||
|
|
below.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Time menu
|
|||
|
|
Time and date [Psion-T] Set the system time and date, (see Formats)
|
|||
|
|
Summer time [Shift-Psion-S] | Set summer time On or Off
|
|||
|
|
Formats [Psion-F] Set date to be displayed in one of three formats:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Day month year
|
|||
|
|
Year month day
|
|||
|
|
Month day year
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set the date separator to any non-alphanumeric character.
|
|||
|
|
Set the time format to either am-pm or 24 hour.
|
|||
|
|
Set the time separator to any non-alphanumeric character.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set the "start of week" day to any day of the week from
|
|||
|
|
Monday to Sunday. The default is Monday.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Control menu
|
|||
|
|
Sound [Psion-S] Set all sounds to be On or Off.
|
|||
|
|
Set beeps to be Loud, Quiet or Off.
|
|||
|
|
Set keyclicks to be Loud, Quiet or Off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Auto switch off [Psion-A] Set auto switch off of the machine to Yes or No or "If no
|
|||
|
|
external power".
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set the auto switch off time of the machine to any whole
|
|||
|
|
number of minutes between one and thirty.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set auto switch off of the backlight to Yes or No.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set the auto switch off time of the backlight to any whole
|
|||
|
|
number of minutes between one and ten.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set the backlight key as Disabled or Enabled.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Special keyboard [Psion-K] Switch between "Special keyboard selected" and "Standard
|
|||
|
|
keyboard selected". There is no dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Special menu
|
|||
|
|
Remote link [Psion-L] Set remote link On or Off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set the baud rate to one of 300, 600,1200, 2400, 4800, 9600 or
|
|||
|
|
19200.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set the communications port to A, B or C.
|
|||
|
|
Set any extra parameters required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Wrap on [Psion-W] Switch between "Wrap is on" and "Wrap is off". When Wrap
|
|||
|
|
is on, displayed text does not disappear off the edge of the
|
|||
|
|
screen, but continues on the next line. There is no dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Zoom in [Psion-Z] Increase the character font size.
|
|||
|
|
Zoom out [Shift-Psion- Decrease the character font size.
|
|||
|
|
Z|
|
|||
|
|
Exit [Psion-X] Return to the Startup Shell (Psion logo)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Font sizes and zoom settings
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout can display characters in many fonts. The command Processor uses five different font
|
|||
|
|
sizes. The use of Zoom in and Zoom out increases or decreases font size, (see above). Zooming in (from a
|
|||
|
|
larger to a smaller font) will re-display some of the information that scrolls off the top of the screen in a
|
|||
|
|
larger font size.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The five different zoom settings give the following number of characters per line and lines of text on the
|
|||
|
|
screen:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Font size Number of — Characters
|
|||
|
|
lines per line
|
|||
|
|
6 12 39
|
|||
|
|
8 9 29
|
|||
|
|
11 7 27
|
|||
|
|
13 6 23
|
|||
|
|
16 5 18
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Batch file processing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Batch files are plain text files, containing a sequence of Command Processor commands, each on a
|
|||
|
|
separate line. By default, EPOC batch files have extension .btf. They are normally expected to be stored in
|
|||
|
|
a \btf directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To invoke the batch file with name backup. btf, just type backup at the > prompt in the Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor. Batch files are always run synchronously. This means that while the batch file is executing, the
|
|||
|
|
user cannot task back to the Command Processor and continue to issue other commands. No additional
|
|||
|
|
commands can be typed into the Command Processor until any batch files it is executing have completed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If necessary, the full path of the batch file should be given too. Thus:
|
|||
|
|
loc::b:\batch\backup
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
or
|
|||
|
|
rem::c:\workabt\devp\restore.bat
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The extension needs to be supplied only in cases where it differs from .btf: Note that Joc:: specifies the
|
|||
|
|
local filing system (the default) and rem:: specifies the remote filing system.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the batch file name is preceded by start (see Launching programs below) it will still be run
|
|||
|
|
synchronously; thus:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
start loc::b:\batch\backup
|
|||
|
|
is exactly the same as:
|
|||
|
|
loc::b:\batch\backup
|
|||
|
|
Batch files can also call other batch files, and so on, up to eight levels deep.
|
|||
|
|
If more complex functionality is required, a program should be written, to replace the batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Launching programs
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As well as running batch files, the Command Processor can be used to launch programs - either EPOC
|
|||
|
|
executables (typically with extension .img or .app) OPL programs (with extension .opo) or OPL
|
|||
|
|
applications (with extension .opa).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Like batch files, these other programs are run simply by typing their name.
|
|||
|
|
Typing the line
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
dojob
|
|||
|
|
has in fact the following effect:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e The Command Processor checks for an internal command with the name tinx. If such a
|
|||
|
|
command is found, it is executed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e If no such command exists, the Command Processor looks for a file dojob.img in the ROM, and
|
|||
|
|
then in a \img directory on each of the local drives. If such a file is found it is executed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e If no such .img file exists, the Command Processor looks for a file dojob.app in the ROM, and
|
|||
|
|
then in a \app directory on each of the local drives. If such a file is found it is executed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e If no such .app file exists, the Command Processor looks for a file dojob.opo in the ROM, and
|
|||
|
|
then in a \opo directory on each of the local drives. If such a file is found it is executed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Ifno such .opo file exists, the Command Processor looks for a file dojob.opa in the ROM, and
|
|||
|
|
then in a \app directory on each of the local drives. If such a file is found it is executed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e If no such .opa file exists, the Command Processor looks for a file dojob.btf in the ROM, and
|
|||
|
|
then in a \b¢f directory on each of the local drives. If such a file is found it is executed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In all cases, the local drives are searched in the order A:, B:, C:, M:.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that, for example, a file dojob.img will be found in preference to a file dojob.btf. To ensure that a file
|
|||
|
|
with a specific extension is run, enter the extension explicitly, for example:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
dojob.btf
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A program may be run from a directory other than the standard directory for a file of that type, provided
|
|||
|
|
the directory is specified explicitly, for example:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
\mydir\dojob.img
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
will execute the first dojob.img file that is found in a \mydir\ directory in one of the local drives (the drives
|
|||
|
|
are searched in the same order as is given above).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In general, any drive, path and/or extension that is included in the command will confine the search
|
|||
|
|
appropriately.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Additional command line parameters can be passed to a program. For example,
|
|||
|
|
dojob.app b:
|
|||
|
|
will execute dojob.app, passing it a command line containing the string "b:".
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Synchronous and asynchronous programs
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In contrast to batch files, which are always run synchronously (see above), programs can be run either
|
|||
|
|
synchronously or, exploiting the multi-tasking capabilities of the Workabout, asynchronously.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
By default, a program is launched synchronously, if its name is entered on its own. This means that while
|
|||
|
|
the program is executing, the user cannot task back to the Command Processor and continue to issue other
|
|||
|
|
commands.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To run a program asynchronously, prefix the program name with the keyword start. This means that
|
|||
|
|
while the program is executing, the user can task back to the Command Processor and continue to issue
|
|||
|
|
other commands.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
When the program is started, it will by default (assuming that it has some form of user interface) take over
|
|||
|
|
the foreground screen. To access the Command Processor, or indeed any other tasks that may be running
|
|||
|
|
on the Workabout at the time, press Psion-Tab, ("Switch task"), as many times as is required. Every time
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab is pressed, a different program cycles into foreground.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that there is no need to quit the foreground program in order to start another - start a new program
|
|||
|
|
by pressing the Psion-Tab key combination until you get into the Command Processor, then type the name
|
|||
|
|
of the program at the command line, (with or without the preceding start, as required).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
However, users should avoid starting up new programs unnecessarily - since each additional program
|
|||
|
|
reduces the processing time, memory and other resources available for the programs already running.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Terminating programs
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Many programs contain mechanisms within themselves for the user to terminate them. For example, they
|
|||
|
|
may contain an Exit command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Alternatively, programs can be killed from the Command Processor, using either the stop or KILL
|
|||
|
|
commands. As is explained in the alphabetical listing below, stop should be used in preference to KILL
|
|||
|
|
whenever possible. The relevant menu options should be used to stop the built-in Psion applications.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that if a program is run synchronously, it is not possible to terminate it by tasking to the Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor that launched it - since that Command Processor is inaccessible until the program terminates.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-Shift-Ctrl-K keypress combination kills the current foreground process. In extreme
|
|||
|
|
circumstances, recourse to resetting the Workabout may be required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
When a program launched from the Command Processor terminates, either normally or abnormally, the
|
|||
|
|
Startup Shell reports this fact to the user.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command line editor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Up to 32 previous commands can be reviewed by means of the Up and Down cursor keys at the command
|
|||
|
|
line. Any previous command displayed in this way can be edited before being issued again.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To clear the command line at any time, press Esc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As would be expected, each individual command is entered to the Workabout by pressing Enter after
|
|||
|
|
typing its name. The command name can never be abbreviated. The names of the built-in commands and
|
|||
|
|
their parameters are not case sensitive. Parameters to user-developed applications. however, may be case
|
|||
|
|
sensitive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Certain other keys and key combinations also have special effects in the command line editor, (or when a
|
|||
|
|
batch file is running).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Enter Terminates a line of input.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Del Del on its own deletes the character preceding the cursor, or any
|
|||
|
|
highlighted text (see below).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Left/Right Move the cursor left or right along the line being edited.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Up/Down Recall previous commands. The up and down arrow keys move backwards
|
|||
|
|
and forwards respectively through the last 32 commands (maximum) that
|
|||
|
|
were issued.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Esc Esc on its own deletes the entire line.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This keypress also breaks out of a batch file or a long listing, and will
|
|||
|
|
cancel a warT command
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There are also several special keypress combinations:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Del
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Del
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-Del
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Left
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Right
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Shift-Ctrl-Left
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Shift-Ctrl-Right
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ctrl-Left
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ctrl-Right
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Left
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Right
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Down
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Up
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Deletes the following character, (if no text is highlighted).
|
|||
|
|
Deletes from the cursor to the start of the line, (if no text is highlighted).
|
|||
|
|
Deletes from the cursor to the end of the line, (if no text is highlighted).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Moves the cursor left, highlighting (in reverse video) all characters passed.
|
|||
|
|
If the Shift key is kept depressed and Right is then pressed the text will be
|
|||
|
|
unhighlighted again as the cursor passes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Moves the cursor right, highlighting (in reverse video) all characters
|
|||
|
|
passed. If the Shift key is kept depressed and Left is then pressed the text
|
|||
|
|
will be unhighlighted again as the cursor passes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Highlights (in reverse video) the current word.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Highlights (in reverse video) the current line.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This is somewhat pointless when editing batch files, since all you can then
|
|||
|
|
do is delete the line (which is more easily done by simply pressing Esc). It
|
|||
|
|
is supplied for the benefit of user-developed applications, which have
|
|||
|
|
access to the same editor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current word being edited, or of
|
|||
|
|
the preceding word if already in that position.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next word to the right, or to the
|
|||
|
|
end of the line if already on the last word.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Moves the cursor to the beginning of the line being edited.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Moves the cursor to the end of the line being edited.
|
|||
|
|
Recalls last command issued.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Recalls earliest recallable command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Esc The "Help" hotkey combination. It brings up the Command Processor Help
|
|||
|
|
menu.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ctrl-Shift-Esc The "Help index" hotkey combination. It is used to bring up a general Help
|
|||
|
|
index.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab The "Task" hotkey combination. It allows switching between the
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor and other tasks, (if any).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ctrl-C The "Break" hotkey combination cancels a WAIT command. It has the
|
|||
|
|
same effect as pressing Esc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ctrl-S The "Pause" hotkey combination. Pauses a batch file or a long listing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Pausing the screen display
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
All commands automatically pause when a screenful of information has been displayed. In all cases,
|
|||
|
|
pressing Enter resumes the display. The Esc key can usually be used to terminate the command listing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Commands do not pause when being executed within a batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Running multiple System Interfaces
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is not possible to run an additional copy of the Command Processor. If this is attempted by entering at
|
|||
|
|
the command line prompt of the Command Processor:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
start sys$cmdp
|
|||
|
|
a "File already exists" dialog will appear.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is, however, possible to run the System Screen at the same time as the Command Processor. To do this
|
|||
|
|
enter at the command line prompt of the Command Processor:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
start sysS$gsys
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Task key combination (Psion-Tab) can then be used to switch between the two system interfaces, (and
|
|||
|
|
any other tasks that are also running).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Only one copy of the System Screen may be started - if one is already running a "File already exists"
|
|||
|
|
dialog will appear. It is not possible to install the Command Processor in, or to start the Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor from, the System Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Files and directories
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
File In Use error messages
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If any Workabout application has a file open, no other application is allowed to alter that file in any way.
|
|||
|
|
For this reason, some file commands may unexpectedly fail, when issued from the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example, it is impossible to make a complete copy of all the files in a directory if any one (or more) of
|
|||
|
|
these files is in use by another application. Commands to delete or rename such a file will likewise report
|
|||
|
|
an error.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Default path and current directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Unlike MS-DOS, in which there is always a current logged directory for each different drive (and so there
|
|||
|
|
are as many current directories as there are drives), in EPOC there is only one current directory for each
|
|||
|
|
running process. Indeed, instead of referring to a current directory, it is preferable to refer to the current
|
|||
|
|
path, since the drive is included too (and the filing system).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Unlike on the Psion HC, there is no single command to set the default path on the Workabout. The drive
|
|||
|
|
letter followed by a colon should be used to set the current drive in the Command Processor or in batch
|
|||
|
|
files, and the cb command to change the current directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that if the current path is awork\, the effect of typing cd b:\play is the same in the Workabout
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor as in MS-DOS, but is limited to local drives.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
However, in EPOC, there is a different current path for each current application. Changing the path in one
|
|||
|
|
application does not alter the path in another application. This may be regarded as a significant
|
|||
|
|
improvement over MS-DOS, where the currently logged directories in the command processor are often
|
|||
|
|
annoyingly altered by running (synchronously!) another process. By the time the second process has
|
|||
|
|
terminated, the MS-DOS command processor may have been logged to a different drive and a different
|
|||
|
|
directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that any changes to the path of the Command Processor inside a batch file will continue to have
|
|||
|
|
effect after the termination of the batch file, since no new process is run up just by virtue of a batch file
|
|||
|
|
being executed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Specifying file names as command parameters
|
|||
|
|
In all, a full file specification is regarded as having five parts:
|
|||
|
|
e 6A filing system (e.g. loc:: or rem::).
|
|||
|
|
e =A drive or device (e.g. b:).
|
|||
|
|
e =A path (e.g. \ or \accounts\jan\).
|
|||
|
|
e =A filename (e.g. job).
|
|||
|
|
e = An extension (e.g. .img).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Frequently, it is possible to omit part of the full specification of the path of a file, when giving a filename
|
|||
|
|
as a parameter to a command in the Command Processor. Any missing parts of the filename will be filled
|
|||
|
|
in from the current path. In the Alphabetical listing below fi1espec implies a full file specification as
|
|||
|
|
listed above, filename means the name of the file only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example, if the current path is m:\img\, the command attrib job.img -r operates on the file with
|
|||
|
|
full specification m:\img\job.img. However, the command att b:\backup\job.img operates, naturally
|
|||
|
|
enough, on the file b:\backup\job.img - regardless of the current path.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the current directory on b: is \img\, the command attrib b:job.img operates on a file b:\img\job.img
|
|||
|
|
(if one exists) - not on any file job.img in the root directory of b:. The reason for this is that the filename
|
|||
|
|
b-job.img 1s interpreted as having only the three parts:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e =a drive (b:)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e a basic name (job)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e an extension (.img).
|
|||
|
|
Since the path component is missing, this is taken from the current path for the drive.
|
|||
|
|
To specify a file job.img on the root directory of b:, type:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
b:\job.img
|
|||
|
|
including the crucial \ character that indicates the path.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Specifying paths as command parameters
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Just as it is often possible to omit part of the full specification of the path of a file, when giving a filename
|
|||
|
|
as a parameter to a command in the Command Processor, so also is it often possible to omit part of the full
|
|||
|
|
specification of a path (or directory name), when issuing a command such as ca, ma, or rd that expects a
|
|||
|
|
directory name as a parameter. Any missing parts of the directory name will be filled in from the current
|
|||
|
|
path.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Thus if the current drive is m: and the current path is \img\, the command ma tools is equivalent to
|
|||
|
|
md m:\img\tools. Likewise cd tools 1s equivalent to cd m:\img\tools and rd tools is equivalent to
|
|||
|
|
rd m:\img\tools.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
When specifying a path, a trailing backslash can generally be used to clarify that a name is a directory
|
|||
|
|
rather than a file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Wildcards
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As in DOS, the wildcards ? and « may be used in the file name and/or the extension components of a file
|
|||
|
|
specification, where ? represents any single character and * represents zero or more characters.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The use of « differs from its use in DOS in that, on the Workabout, it is possible to use, for example:
|
|||
|
|
a*b.*
|
|||
|
|
to select all files whose file name starts with a and ends with b. In DOS, a*b.* has the same effect as ax. *.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The requirements of generality
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Evidently, although some of the syntax of commands such as ma and rd is similar to that of corresponding
|
|||
|
|
commands in DOS, in other aspects the requirements of the Workabout Command Processor syntax for
|
|||
|
|
these functions may be found more restrictive than in DOS.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In fact, the extra restrictions stem from a central design feature of the EPOC operating system - the
|
|||
|
|
requirement for applications to be able directly to address files on a remote computer, where the remote
|
|||
|
|
filing system may well be other than DOS. Alternative remote filing systems that need to be borne in
|
|||
|
|
mind, as well as just DOS, include Unix, Vax VMS, and the Apple Macintosh operating system.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Thus if the Workabout is connected to an Apple Macintosh computer, the following could be entered at
|
|||
|
|
the command line:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
dir rem: :hd40:Workdevp: stock
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Accordingly, the Workabout Command Processor does not simply approach filenames and path
|
|||
|
|
specifications in terms of prescence or absence of backslashes. For example, were the Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
to insert a backslash at the end of the above command, "on behalf of the user", this would, most decidedly,
|
|||
|
|
not be what the user intended. Instead, the approach is much more general, in terms of the five part
|
|||
|
|
breakdown of filename specifications discussed two sections previously.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
wom
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It should be noted that Psion computers allow the use, for example, of the "+" character in filenames,
|
|||
|
|
which is not allowed in MS-DOS for instance. For portability between filing systems and applications on
|
|||
|
|
different manufacturers machines it is recommended that only letters and numbers are used in filenames.
|
|||
|
|
At the very least filenames should be restricted to the MS-DOS naming convention. The allowed
|
|||
|
|
characters in an MS-DOS filename are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-Z2 a-z 0-9 $ %® '" - @ { } ~ * 1! # ( +) &
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS filenames are case insensitive, (upper and lower case letters are treated the same).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Different DOS versions handle accented characters differently. It is recommended that accented characters
|
|||
|
|
are not used in filenames.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Filenames that are keywords, the names of ports or device drivers, etc. on the Workabout or any remote
|
|||
|
|
system, should also be avoided, e.g. COM1, LPT2, etc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Similarly, the Workabout provides only limited support for the syntax of "double dot" (for the parent
|
|||
|
|
directory) and "single dot" (for the current directory).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This extra discipline has its occasional drawbacks. However, the advantages that it brings with it are an
|
|||
|
|
important part of the vital inter-connectable feature of the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Alphabetical listing
|
|||
|
|
Notation
|
|||
|
|
This list of commands uses the following syntax:
|
|||
|
|
COMMAND supplied-parameter [optional-parameter | optional-parameter]
|
|||
|
|
or:
|
|||
|
|
COMMAND [optional-parameter] {supplied-parameter | supplied-parameter}
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Items shown in square brackets ( [ ] ) are optional. To include optional information, type only the
|
|||
|
|
information within the brackets. Do not type the square brackets themselves.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The use of the vertical bar (| ) symbol between parameters means that one parameter OR the other
|
|||
|
|
parameter can be used, (but not both). Type only one parameter. Do not type the vertical bar itself.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If there are alternatives but one or other must be included, the options are enclosed in curly brackets ( { }
|
|||
|
|
), if required for clarity. Type only one parameter. Do not type the curly brackets themselves.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shortened versions of commands are not available. In the above (generalised) example, com would not be
|
|||
|
|
an acceptable shortened form of commanp. The Workabout Command Processor thus differs from the Psion
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor which does allow command abbreviations.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Commands can be typed in any combination of lower and upper case. For example, except where clearly
|
|||
|
|
stated to the contrary below, variants such as echo on and echo on are completely equivalent.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A command keyword must be separated from any following parameter by at least one space character.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Default values may be assumed if some options are not supplied. Default values of particular commands
|
|||
|
|
are given in the individual command descriptions which follow.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The following list actually contains entries that are not really commands of the Command Processor, in
|
|||
|
|
the strict sense, but are just the name of a program in the ROM, for example Linx. However, this
|
|||
|
|
distinction may seem irrelevant to the user, and so, for convenience, these commands are listed as well.
|
|||
|
|
DOS calls these external commands.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ATTRIB Set or clear file attributes
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ATTRIB [system::][drive:][path]filename[.extension] [+a|-a] [+s|-s] [+h|-h] [+r]|-r]
|
|||
|
|
Set or reset the archived (a), system (s), hidden (h) and/or read-only (xr) attributes of a file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example, attrib -a +s list.dat clears the archived attribute and sets the system attribute of Jist.dat,
|
|||
|
|
without altering its hidden or read-only attributes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For each of h, s, a, and r, a prefix of - clears the corresponding attribute, and a prefix of + sets it. The four
|
|||
|
|
attributes can be specified in any order, and any combination of the four bits can be set or cleared at once.
|
|||
|
|
Omitting all four is pointless: nothing will happen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The attris command accepts a file specification containing wildcards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that the ptr command includes the attributes of files as part of its display.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CALC Run the calculator application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[START] CALC
|
|||
|
|
Run the Calculator application, Calc.
|
|||
|
|
If preceded by start, Calc will be run asynchronously.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note:
|
|||
|
|
Help on using the Calculator application is available by pressing Shift-Esc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For full information on using the Calculator application, see the Workabout User Guide.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CALL Call a batch file from inside another batch file
|
|||
|
|
[CALL ] [system::] [drive:] [path]batchfile[.extension] [batch-parameters]
|
|||
|
|
Calls a batch file from inside another batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Omitting the caLL command and just using the file specification "chains" the named batch file, and does
|
|||
|
|
not return to the current batch file on completion.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CD Display or alter current directory
|
|||
|
|
CD [system::] [drive:] [path]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Change to a different path, or (if path is omitted) displays the current path. Note that system: : can only
|
|||
|
|
be loc::.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example, to change the current directory from \work\product\ to \work\admin\, type:
|
|||
|
|
cd \work\admin\
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To move to a directory below the current one, only the path from the current directory needs to be entered.
|
|||
|
|
So to change from \work\admin\ to \work\admin\forms\, the following command could be used:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
cd forms\
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The trailing backslash in the above commands can be omitted. Thus cd forms instead of cd forms\ will
|
|||
|
|
do the same thing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use cb [drive:]\ to change to the root directory of a drive, or of the current drive if drive: is omitted.
|
|||
|
|
For example, type:
|
|||
|
|
cd b:\
|
|||
|
|
to change to the root directory of b:.
|
|||
|
|
Typing cd b: changes nothing and just displays the current path for b:.
|
|||
|
|
To change drive use:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
drive:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR Change directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR [system::] [drive:] [path]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Changes to a different path, or (if path is omitted) displays the current path. This command is exactly the
|
|||
|
|
same as cD.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CLS Clear the screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Clear the screen, leaving the > prompt in the top left corner.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COMMS Run the communications application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[START] COMMS [system::] [drive:] [path] [filename[.extension] ]
|
|||
|
|
Run the communications application, Comms.
|
|||
|
|
If preceded by start, Comms will be run asynchronously.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If no file specification is provided, and the current drive is m:, (and comms.sco does not already exist), a
|
|||
|
|
dialog is presented asking:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Create "M:\SCO\COMMS.SCO"?
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If "Y' is then pressed the file m:\sco\comms.sco will be created, along with a file m:\scr\comms.scr, for
|
|||
|
|
later use. Note that files with the extension .scr are editable communications scripts files, and files with
|
|||
|
|
the extension .sco are translated communications script files. The user is then presented with the terminal
|
|||
|
|
emulation screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Otherwise, if comms.sco does already exist, then no dialog is presented. Note that it does not matter
|
|||
|
|
whether comms.scr exists or not.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If any system, drive or path is provided, but no filename, the comms.sco file will be placed in the specified
|
|||
|
|
location. The default directory for translated communications script files (extension .sco) is \sco\, and it is
|
|||
|
|
recommended that this is where all files of this type are kept. Note that the default directory for
|
|||
|
|
untranslated (editable) communications script files (extension .scr) is \scr\, and keeping all files of this
|
|||
|
|
type in their directory is also recommended.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a filename is given, a .sco file and a .scr file of that name will be created (as above) depending on
|
|||
|
|
whether they currently exist or not.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
An extension to the filename may be provided that differs from sco, but this is not recommended, since it
|
|||
|
|
would make identification of the file type difficult.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note:
|
|||
|
|
Help on using the Communications application is available by pressing Shift-Esc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For general information on using the Communications application, see the Workabout User Guide, and for
|
|||
|
|
full details refer to the Psion Series 3 3Link (RS232) manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COPY Copy file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COPY source_filespec destination_filespec [/s] [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Copy one or more files or directories, possibly changing their names in the process.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /s flag is used then all subdirectories of a specified source directory will also be copied.
|
|||
|
|
The /y switch allows overwriting without confirmation.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Any part of the target filename that is not specified, (for example, the extension), and which cannot be
|
|||
|
|
filled in from corresponding parts in the current drive and path, is taken from the corresponding part of
|
|||
|
|
the first pathname.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the destination filename is that of an existing file, then that file will be overwritten. Unless /y is
|
|||
|
|
specified, a "File exists" dialog appears, requesting confirmation, before the file is overwritten.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The wildcards « and ? can be used to copy multiple files.
|
|||
|
|
For example:
|
|||
|
|
copy fred.* a:\jim.*
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
copies all files with a file name of fred, but any extension, from the current directory into the root of a.\,
|
|||
|
|
renaming them, without altering the extension in the process.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As a possibly surprising example, if the current drive is m: and the current path is \, the command
|
|||
|
|
copy a:\file.lis file.oid has the effect of copying the named file to m-\file.old.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The names of the source files are listed on the screen as they are copied.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A file cannot be copied onto itself. If an attempt is made to do this, the copy command quits, and an error
|
|||
|
|
message such as the following is displayed:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Copy failed : 0 files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DATA Run the database application
|
|||
|
|
[START] DATA [system::] [drive:] [path] [filename[.extension] ]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Run the database application, Data.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If preceded by start, Data will be run asynchronously.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If no file specification is provided, and the current drive is m-:, (and data,dbf does not already exist), a
|
|||
|
|
dialog is presented asking:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Create "M:\DAT\DATA.DBF"?
|
|||
|
|
Otherwise, if data.dbf does already exist, then it will be presented directly for editing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If any system, drive or path is provided, but no filename, the data.dbf file will be placed in, (or retrieved
|
|||
|
|
from), the specified location. The default directory is \dar\, and it is recommended that this is where all
|
|||
|
|
database files are kept.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a filename is given, a .dbf file of that name will be created (as above) and/or presented for editing
|
|||
|
|
depending on whether it currently exists or not.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
An extension to the filename may be provided that differs from .dbf, but this is not recommended, since it
|
|||
|
|
would make identification of the file type difficult.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For general information on using the Database application, see the Workabout User Guide.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This application may be useful for quickly looking at or manipulating OPL data files. There are, however,
|
|||
|
|
certain restrictions and differences that must be borne in mind. See the Database files chapter of the SIBO
|
|||
|
|
OPL Technical Reference manual for further details.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note:
|
|||
|
|
Help on using the Database application is available by pressing Shift-Esc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DATE Display date
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DATE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Display the current date in the default format, or that specified by the most recent szETDEF or menu
|
|||
|
|
command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The default display format is:
|
|||
|
|
dd/mm/yy
|
|||
|
|
For example 12/10/95 will be displayed if the current system date is 12 October 1995.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the day of the month or the month number itself has only a single digit, a leading zero is displayed. The
|
|||
|
|
first day of January 1996 is displayed as:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
01/01/96
|
|||
|
|
Use the Time and Date option on the Time menu to change the date.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use the setpEF command or the Formats option of the Time menu to change the format in which the date
|
|||
|
|
is displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEL Delete file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEL [system::][drive:][path]filespec [/s] [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Delete the specified file or files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /s flag is used, all subdirectories and the files in them are deleted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To delete more than one file at a time, the wildcards * and/or ? can be used. Alternatively, the following
|
|||
|
|
deletes all files in the directory temp (in the current path):
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
del temp\
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The trailing backslash may be omitted, in which case a dialog is presented: "Delete all files in directory?".
|
|||
|
|
The Y key should then be pressed to carry out the deletion.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As files are deleted, the names of the files deleted are listed on the screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The erase command is exactly the same as peu. See also the command rp, which deletes directories.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DIR Full directory listing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DIR [system::][drive:] [path] [filespec] [/s] [/b]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
List all the specified files in a directory, together with their sizes, the time and date of their last
|
|||
|
|
modification, and their attributes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The listing pauses automatically after each screen of information, prompting the user to press enter to
|
|||
|
|
continue.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The wildcards « and ? can be used in the file specification.
|
|||
|
|
The /s flag causes all subdirectories to be listed as well.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The /b flag causes bare (filenames only) output to be displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ECHO Display message, set or display echo mode
|
|||
|
|
ECHO [[text]|[ON | OFF]]
|
|||
|
|
Display the message text, or set the echo mode in batch files, or display the current echo mode.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
echo Processing Displays the message Processing on the next line of the screen.
|
|||
|
|
echo on Switches the echo mode in batch files to ON.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
echo off Switches the echo mode in batch files to OFF.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
echo Displays the current echo mode in batch files, e.g.:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Echo is OFF
|
|||
|
|
or
|
|||
|
|
Echo is ON
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EDIT Run the text editor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EDIT [system::] [drive:] [path] filename[.extension]
|
|||
|
|
Run the text editor program.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The three different editors for batch files, OPL programs and communications scripts are implemented as
|
|||
|
|
aliases of the Word application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A filename must be given (no default names are provided).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If no extension is given then an alias of Word that behaves as a batch file editor is started, and the
|
|||
|
|
extension defaults to .btf: In this instance there are no Translate and Run menu options available, since
|
|||
|
|
they are not relevant.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the filename is given an extension of .op/ then the Word alias behaves as an OPL program editor. If the
|
|||
|
|
filename is given an extension of .scr then it behaves as a communications script editor. In both these
|
|||
|
|
instances, Translate and Run menu options are available (translation is different for .scr and .op!l files).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a path is not given then \bif\, \op/\ or \scr\ is assumed as the directory for a batch file (.btf) an OPL
|
|||
|
|
program (.op/) or a communications script (.scr) respectively.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If any other extension is given for the filename and no path is specified then the file will be put in a \btf\
|
|||
|
|
directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If you supply a partial path, the Command Processor will try to use the results of your last cp command on
|
|||
|
|
the relevant drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a filename is not supplied, the error message "Too few parameters" is displayed.
|
|||
|
|
If a filename is given, but no extension:
|
|||
|
|
e = Ifa file called filename. btf does not already exist, then a dialog is presented, asking:
|
|||
|
|
Create "M:\BTF\FILENAME.BTF"?
|
|||
|
|
If Y is then pressed the editor will display a blank file of name filename. btf, ready for editing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e = Ifa file called filename. btf does already exist, then no dialog is presented, and the existing file
|
|||
|
|
filename. btf is presented for re-editing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Similar dialogs and messages are presented for files with .scr and .opl extensions.
|
|||
|
|
When saved, or the editor is exited, files are stored in the specified directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Notes:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The ep1T command starts an alias of the Word application. When epit (or sTART EDIT) is used the
|
|||
|
|
process started will appear in an Lproc or Ls&c listing as an instance of Word. As well as using EDIT
|
|||
|
|
directly from the Command Processor or from a batch file, aliases of Word can be started from one of the
|
|||
|
|
editor icons in the System Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The first time that EpIT is used to run the batch file editor, the program editor or the communications
|
|||
|
|
script editor, a \wdr\ directory will be created (if it does not already exist). This directory is used for the
|
|||
|
|
storage of printer drivers and template files. Furthermore, the first time the program editor is used the
|
|||
|
|
default template default.o is stored in this directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Help on using the Editors is available by pressing Shift-Esc. All the editors function in the same way.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For further information on the various editors see the Workabout User Guide. There is more information
|
|||
|
|
on the Communications Script Editor in the Psion Series 3 3Link (RS232) manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERASE Delete file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERASE [system::] [drive:][path]filespec [/s] [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Delete the specified file or files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /s flag is used, all subdirectories and the files in them are deleted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To delete more than one file at a time, the wildcards * and/or ? can be used. Alternatively, the following
|
|||
|
|
deletes all files in the directory temp (in the current path):
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
erase temp\
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The trailing backslash may be omitted, in which case a dialog is presented: "Delete all files in directory?".
|
|||
|
|
The Y key should then be pressed to carry out the deletion.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As files are deleted, the names of the files deleted are listed on the screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command pet is exactly the same as grass. See also the command rp, which deletes directories.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRLEVEL Display error state
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRLEVEL
|
|||
|
|
Display the error state, which may be TRUE or FALSE, e.g.:
|
|||
|
|
Errorlevel is FALSE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It reports whether the last command or process to finish left ERRORLEVEL Set aS TRUE Or FALSE. This may be
|
|||
|
|
useful when debugging batch files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EXIT Terminate the Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
EXIT
|
|||
|
|
Present a dialog offering options to terminate the Command Processor or cancel the command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On confirmation of an ExT command typed directly into the Command Processor (or of the selection of
|
|||
|
|
the Exit option from the Special menu) the Command Processor is terminated. If there is no other task
|
|||
|
|
running on the machine, the Workabout will then automatically re-launch the Startup Shell process, as
|
|||
|
|
explained in the chapter [Introduction to the Workabout. If one or more other tasks are running, the
|
|||
|
|
machine will switch tasks to whichever running application was last used.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the exrT command is executed from a (nested) batch file, all levels of batch processing are terminated
|
|||
|
|
immediately and the confirmation dialog presented. On confirming the Ex1tT command, the Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor terminates in the same way as when ex1T is typed directly into the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FILES List open files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FILES [system::] [drive:]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
List all open files on the specified drive. For each file the full file specification, the program using the file
|
|||
|
|
and its process number are given.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the drive is not specified, open files on the current drive are listed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FOR Run a command for the files in a set
|
|||
|
|
FOR Svariable IN (set) DO command [parameters]
|
|||
|
|
Run a command for each file in a specified set of files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The replaceable parameter svariable is used by the ror command to hold the name of each file as it is
|
|||
|
|
being processed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The set of files is specified by set. The wildcards * and ? can be used. The parentheses are always
|
|||
|
|
required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command to carry out for each file in the set is specified by command. The parameters or switches for
|
|||
|
|
the specified command are given by parameters, if the command needs any.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To use the ror command in a batch file, specify ssvariable instead of variable.
|
|||
|
|
For example, to asynchronously run all application files in the a:\app\ directory:
|
|||
|
|
for %f in (a:\app\*.app) do start %f
|
|||
|
|
From within a batch file, this same sequence of operations would be performed by the line:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
for %%f in (a:\app\*.app) do start %%f
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FORMAT Format and re-label local volume
|
|||
|
|
FORMAT [drive:] [volname]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Format a local volume i.e. a RAM or Flash SSD in drive A: or B:, or the internal drive M:RAMDRIVE.
|
|||
|
|
It also renames the volume with the optional voiname.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command detects the type of SSD and places the appropriate format information onto the disk. This
|
|||
|
|
information differs for Flash and RAM SSDs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example, format a: will format the SSD in drive A: .
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command, format b:data will format the SSD in drive B:, giving it the volume name "DATA".
|
|||
|
|
If drive: is omitted, a dialog appears asking if you want to format M:RAMDRIVE.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that, once the format command is started, no warning is given before the formatting takes place.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The mere fact that there are read-only files on an SSD or the internal drive will not prevent the it
|
|||
|
|
from being formatted. However, if an SSD has the write-protection switch set, it will not be possible to
|
|||
|
|
format it.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The rormat command will fail if there is no SSD in the specified drive. In this case, the Format request
|
|||
|
|
will fail with the error message "Format failed. Not ready".
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Another reason for Format being disallowed for a disk would be if there are any open files on it. In this
|
|||
|
|
case, the rormaT request will fail with the error message "File or device in use".
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If an SSD needs to be to be given a volume name at a later date, then the LaBEL command may be used. To
|
|||
|
|
find the current volume name, use the von and/or ptr commands.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GOTO Jump to label in batch file
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GOTO label
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Jump to the label 1abe1 in a batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HELP List commands or get help
|
|||
|
|
HELP [command]
|
|||
|
|
List the available commands, or supply help on a specific command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Press Shift-Off for access to the Help System, or Ctrl-Off for the Help Index.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF Run command conditionally
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF [NOT] {ERRORLEVEL | stringl==string2 | EXIST filespec} command [command_parameters]
|
|||
|
|
Conditionally run a command or executable file, depending on one of three possible specified conditions.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e ©The value of ERRORLEVEL., for example:
|
|||
|
|
IF ERRORLEVEL DEL *.tmp
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that ERRORLEVEL can only be TRuE or FALSE. The DOS syntax:
|
|||
|
|
IF ERRORLEVEL n ...
|
|||
|
|
is not supported
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Whether two strings (string1 and string2) are equivalent, for example
|
|||
|
|
IF ?$1==? DEL *.tmp
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Whether a specified file exists, for example:
|
|||
|
|
IF EXIST a:\img\tmp.img DEL a:\img\tmp.img
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KILL Kill a process
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KILL procname [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Kill the first process found to match the specification in procname. Note that this is intended for
|
|||
|
|
emergency use only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files, but should be
|
|||
|
|
used with extreme caution.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To kill a specified instance of a number of running tasks, all with the same name, the exact process name
|
|||
|
|
must be found out and used. For example:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
kill job.$09
|
|||
|
|
or
|
|||
|
|
kill job.$14
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If there are no processes matching the specification, a notifier stating:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Unknown process "Procname"
|
|||
|
|
will be presented. Use the tproc command to give the full process names of all current processes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A confirmation dialog is presented if a process matching the specification is found, reminding the user
|
|||
|
|
that x11 is for emergency use only:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Kill "Procname"
|
|||
|
|
(Emergency only)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Notes:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KILL should only be used as a last resort, as it does not allow the process to tidy up before exiting. This is a
|
|||
|
|
problem with the Link application, for example, which starts a number of sub-processes that will not be
|
|||
|
|
shut down if Link is stopped with x1... To shut down a process, stop should normally be used in
|
|||
|
|
preference to KILL.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The xrLi command is designed for use with badly behaved (perhaps partially developed) user-written
|
|||
|
|
programs. Built in Psion applications should be stopped using the options available from their menus,
|
|||
|
|
from the System Screen or by use of the stop command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LABEL Add/alter disk volume name
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LABEL [drive:] [volname]
|
|||
|
|
Label the volume in the specified drive with the label voiname.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the drive is omitted then the current local volume (i.e. an SSD in the current drive, A: or B:; or the
|
|||
|
|
internal ramdrive M:), will be re-labelled with the label voiname.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the name volname is omitted then a "Delete label" dialog will appear (unless the volume in the specified
|
|||
|
|
drive, or current drive, has no label).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example:
|
|||
|
|
label a:backup
|
|||
|
|
Will re-label the SSD in drive A: as "backup".
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the command 1abei a: is now used then the dialog "Delete label "A:BACKUP"' will be displayed.
|
|||
|
|
Pressing Y then deletes the label, pressing N or Esc abandons the command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LINK Start Link program
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LINK [-b<baud>] [-p<port>]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Starts the Link communication software on the Workabout. It is always run asynchronously, so start is
|
|||
|
|
never needed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If no parameters are supplied, the Link software is started with the default settings, or those used on the
|
|||
|
|
last occasion that Link was started, whether by means of the LInx command or via the dialogs available in
|
|||
|
|
the System Screen and Command Processor menus.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The value of baud sets the baud rate. Possible values range from 19200 to 50 inclusive - for a full list of
|
|||
|
|
intermediate values, see the Serial Port chapter of the I/O Devices Reference manual. In the absence of
|
|||
|
|
the baud command line parameter, the baud rate defaults to 19200.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The only time it is necessary to specify port is if there are serial expansion devices in the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
¢ -p1 means to use the expansion RS232 port, (port A)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e -p3 means to use the LIF socket (LIF Converter with attached 3Link inserted) as an RS232 serial
|
|||
|
|
port (port C)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Otherwise, if port is not specified, the Link software simply uses the first available port in alphabetical
|
|||
|
|
order.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Other parameters are also possible, but are omitted from the present description. See the chapter Mclink,
|
|||
|
|
Mcprint, and Slink in the Additional System Information manual. Just typing 1ink should suffice in the
|
|||
|
|
majority of cases.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To terminate the Link software at some later stage, type:
|
|||
|
|
stop link
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A Yes/No dialog will be presented asking:
|
|||
|
|
Stop "Link"?
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
y should then be pressed to stop Link.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To discover whether or not Link software is running, type lproc 1ink. Note, however, that if the 1ink
|
|||
|
|
command is issued while Link is already running, no harm will be done.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
See the section Connecting to other computers in the chapter Introduction to the Workabout, for more
|
|||
|
|
details.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LLDEV List logical device drivers
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LLDEV [device_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
List all logical device drivers that match the supplied specification. The list includes all ROM-resident
|
|||
|
|
logical device drivers, as well as external ones that are currently loaded.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If device_spec is omitted, all existing logical device drivers are listed.
|
|||
|
|
For example, entering
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
lldev con
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
displays:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Logical devices matching: con
|
|||
|
|
CON (unlimited units)
|
|||
|
|
Matches found 1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The value given for units is the number of channels that the corresponding logical device driver can
|
|||
|
|
support. For the console device (con: ) an unlimited number of channels can be opened.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPDEV List physical device drivers
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPDEV [device_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
List all physical device drivers that match the supplied specification. The list includes all ROM-resident
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
physical device drivers, as well as external ones that are currently loaded.
|
|||
|
|
If device_spec is omitted, all existing physical device drivers are listed.
|
|||
|
|
For example, entering
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
lpdev fsy
|
|||
|
|
displays:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Physical devices matching: fsy
|
|||
|
|
FSY.REM
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FSY.LOC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FSY.ROM
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Matches found 3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
listing the three ROM-resident filing system device (fsy) drivers - for rem::, loc::, and rom::.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPROC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPROC [process_spec]
|
|||
|
|
List information about all specified processes. The information listed is:
|
|||
|
|
e The full process name (in the form procname.$07).
|
|||
|
|
e The size, in bytes, of the process data segment (given in hexadecimal).
|
|||
|
|
e The current state of the process.
|
|||
|
|
The total number of matches found is then displayed.
|
|||
|
|
If process_spec is omitted, information is listed for all current processes.
|
|||
|
|
Possible values of the state of the process are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CURRENT The process is currently receiving CPU time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
List processes
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
READY The process has some events ready to process, as soon as the CPU is given to the
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
process by the multi-tasking scheduler.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DELTA The process is "sleeping" (e.g. as a result of calling pausz with a positive
|
|||
|
|
parameter).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sus The process has been suspended.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SEM The process is waiting for some event to happen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Additionally, the text wsusp will be displayed if the process is waiting to be suspended.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example, entering 1proc may produce the display:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Processes matching: *
|
|||
|
|
SYSSNULL.$01 0300 READY
|
|||
|
|
SYSSMANG.$02 ODAO SEM
|
|||
|
|
SYSSFSRV.$03 1320 SEM
|
|||
|
|
SYSSWSRV.$04 4DCO SEM
|
|||
|
|
SYSSSHLL.$05 14CO SEM
|
|||
|
|
SYSSCMDP.$06 4BCO CURRENT
|
|||
|
|
Matches found 6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As a further example, entering lproc sys$sh11 may produce the display
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Processes matching: sys$shll
|
|||
|
|
SYSSSHLL.$05 14C0 SEM
|
|||
|
|
Matches found 1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
One common use of the 1proc command is to check whether Link software is currently running: 1proc
|
|||
|
|
link.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Notes:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For a process that is an alias of another program, using sTART procname (or just procname on its own) will
|
|||
|
|
start a process that appears to LpRoc as an instance of the base process. For example, all text or program
|
|||
|
|
editors are aliases of the Word application. In consequence, processes started with Ep1T or sTarRT EDIT all
|
|||
|
|
appear as instances of Word in an tprRoc listing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note also that Sheet is the user-visible name of the Sh3 process. Thus, a process started with starRT SHEET
|
|||
|
|
or with sHEET will appear as an instance of Sh3 in the proc listing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LSEG List segments
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LSEG [process_spec]
|
|||
|
|
List all memory segments currently in use by the specified process(es).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If process_spec iS omitted, the listing will include the memory segments used by all currently running
|
|||
|
|
processes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The information listed about each memory segment is:
|
|||
|
|
e Its segment address.
|
|||
|
|
e Its size in paragraphs (one paragraph is sixteen bytes).
|
|||
|
|
e Its access count.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Values are displayed in hexadecimal.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The total number of matches found is then displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
At the end the display, the total size in paragraphs of all the free segments is given (this gives the same
|
|||
|
|
value, when converted into kilobytes, as the mzm command).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example, entering 1seg may produce the display:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Segments matching: *
|
|||
|
|
SYSSNULL.$01 046E 0030 01
|
|||
|
|
SYSSMANG.$02 049E OODA O01
|
|||
|
|
SYSSWSRV.LDD 0578 O0E3 01
|
|||
|
|
SYSSFSRV.$03 065B 01B7 01
|
|||
|
|
SYSSWSRV.S$04 0812 0560 O01
|
|||
|
|
SYSSSHLL.$05 OD72 014C O01
|
|||
|
|
SYSSCMDP.$06 OEBE O4BC 01
|
|||
|
|
Matches found 7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Total free segments = 6CFO
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Notes:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For a process that is an alias of another program, using sTaRT procname (or just procname on its own) will
|
|||
|
|
start a process that appears to LsEG as an instance of the base process. For example, all text or program
|
|||
|
|
editors are aliases of the Word application. In consequence, processes started with Ep1T or sTarRT EDIT all
|
|||
|
|
appear as instances of Word in an tszc listing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note also that Sheet is the user-visible name of the Sh3 process. Thus, a process started with sTaRT SHEET
|
|||
|
|
or with sHEET will appear as an instance of Sh3 in the tsze listing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MD Make directory
|
|||
|
|
MD [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
Make a directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A directory will be created as a subdirectory of the current directory, unless a different path is explicitly
|
|||
|
|
specified.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is possible to omit the trailing backslash from the path specification.
|
|||
|
|
The following commands both create a directory named \work\ in the root directory of the current drive:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
md \work\
|
|||
|
|
md \work
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command mxp1R (which is identical) is also available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MEM Display free memory
|
|||
|
|
MEM
|
|||
|
|
Display the amount of free RAM, in kilobytes, that is available to programs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that this, in general, exceeds the amount of bytes free in m:, as reported by a pIR command. The
|
|||
|
|
discrepancy is because some parts of internal memory are reserved for code and data segments; not all of it
|
|||
|
|
can be allocated to the contents of m-:.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MKDIR Make directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MKDIR [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
Make a directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A directory will be created as a subdirectory of the current directory, unless a different path is explicitly
|
|||
|
|
specified.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is possible to omit the trailing backslash from the path specification.
|
|||
|
|
The following commands both create a directory named \work\ in the root directory of the current drive:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
mkdir \work\
|
|||
|
|
mkdir \work
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command mp (which is identical) is also available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PAUSE Suspend batch file processing
|
|||
|
|
PAUSE [text]
|
|||
|
|
Suspend batch file processing.
|
|||
|
|
The message text is displayed (if supplied).
|
|||
|
|
The prompt
|
|||
|
|
Press Enter to continue...
|
|||
|
|
is always shown.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
When Enter is pressed batch file processing continues by executing the next line of the current batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
QUIT Terminate current batch file
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
QUIT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Terminate the current batch file. If batch files are nested, batch processing will continue at the line
|
|||
|
|
following that which contains the call to the batch file that executed gut.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command has no effect if typed directly into the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 - 20
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RD Remove directory
|
|||
|
|
RD [drive:]path [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Delete a directory, including any files in it (and subdirectories).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that, in contrast to MS-DOS, there is no requirement to delete all the files in a directory before
|
|||
|
|
removing the directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In another difference from MS-DOS, it is perfectly possible, in the Workabout Command Processor, to
|
|||
|
|
remove the directory where the current path is. All that will happen is that subsequent commands such as
|
|||
|
|
dir may fail until such time as the current path is changed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As files and directories are deleted, their names are listed on the screen.
|
|||
|
|
The ra command does not accept a wildcard specification.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The identical command rmprrR is also supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REASON Get the cause of the last system shutdown
|
|||
|
|
REASON
|
|||
|
|
Display a numeric code indicating the cause of the last system shutdown, as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
0 The system started up for the first time (or after a period during which all power had been
|
|||
|
|
removed, including the Lithium back-up battery).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 The hardware forced a shut-down because the main battery voltage became too low. This
|
|||
|
|
should not happen because the system software receives a non-maskable interrupt if the
|
|||
|
|
voltage drops below a certain threshold (but not low enough for the hardware to force a
|
|||
|
|
shut-down). This interrupt code automatically switches the hardware off. However, if the
|
|||
|
|
clean-up takes too long (because of a poorly designed device driver, for example) the
|
|||
|
|
hardware will force the machine off before the interrupt completes - in which case REASON
|
|||
|
|
returns 1. The environment variables and the contents of m: are preserved.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 Either:
|
|||
|
|
The user pressed Psion-Ctrl-Del to perform a soft reset. The environment variables and the
|
|||
|
|
contents of m: will have been preserved.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Or:
|
|||
|
|
This reason is also given if the system was reset because a serious fault occurred while
|
|||
|
|
executing code in the operating system kernel. This could result from:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a bug in the operating system or a system process;
|
|||
|
|
a program bug that managed to overcome the operating system's defences
|
|||
|
|
a hardware problem such as a RAM fault.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The environment variables and the contents of m: will be preserved (unless the system
|
|||
|
|
detects a memory corruption).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
4 The user pressed Shift-Psion-Ctrl-Del to perform a hard reset. The environment variables
|
|||
|
|
and the contents of m: will have been cleared.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example, if the machine has previously lost all power, entering reason will return:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Reset code: 0
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REM Comment (remark) in batch file
|
|||
|
|
REM [text]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Comment (remark) in batch file. Note that rem must be followed by a space.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The text characters become a comment in the batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Any text on a line preceded by rem becomes a comment that is not executed when the batch file is run.
|
|||
|
|
This is useful for temporarily removing a command line, for example, when debugging a batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REN Rename file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REN [system::] [drive:][path]filespec filename
|
|||
|
|
Change the name of a file or files.
|
|||
|
|
The command renames all files matching filespec - which can include wildcards.
|
|||
|
|
For example, the command:
|
|||
|
|
ren work.* play.*
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
changes the names of all files called work in the current directory (regardless of extension) to play, with
|
|||
|
|
the extension being preserved across the rename.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As files are renamed, they are listed on the screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Because it is not possible to rename files from one directory to another, the command fails if any path
|
|||
|
|
specified with £i1ename (explicitly or implicitly) differs from that of rilespec.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is not possible to rename a file to have the same name as a file that already exists.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RMDIR Remove directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RMDIR [drive:]path [/y]
|
|||
|
|
Delete a directory, including any files in it (and subdirectories).
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that, in contrast to MS-DOS, there is no requirement to delete all the files in a directory before
|
|||
|
|
removing the directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In another difference from MS-DOS, it is perfectly possible, in the Workabout Command Processor, to
|
|||
|
|
remove the directory to which the current path is set. All that will happen is that subsequent commands
|
|||
|
|
such as dir may fail until such time as the current path is changed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
As files and directories are deleted, their names are listed on the screen.
|
|||
|
|
The rmdir command does not accept a wildcard specification.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The identical command ro is also supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SET Display, set or delete environment variable
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SET [[var[=[value]]]| [varspec] ]
|
|||
|
|
Display or set the value of an environment variable, or delete the variable.
|
|||
|
|
With no parameters, the values of all current environment variables are displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the environment variable var is given, but without any trailing equals (=) sign, the value of the
|
|||
|
|
environment variable is displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the equals sign (=) is present, followed by a value, the environment variable var is set to the specified
|
|||
|
|
value.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the equals sign is present, but value is omitted, the environment variable var is deleted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the environment variable specification varspec is given, the values of all environment variables
|
|||
|
|
matching the specification are listed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
set last Displays the value of environment variable 1ast.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
set last=34 Sets the value of 1ast to the string 34, creating it if it did not previously
|
|||
|
|
exist.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
set last= Deletes the environment variable last.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
set Sws* Displays the values of all environment variables whose names start with sws.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Values are displayed inside square brackets. The list pauses when the screen is full.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that environment names and values are both case dependent. Thus the environment variables group
|
|||
|
|
and Group would be distinct.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The value (and, indeed, the name) of an environment variable may contain binary data. When displaying
|
|||
|
|
the content of an environment variable, non-printable byte values are displayed as <o04> or <o1>, for
|
|||
|
|
example. There is, however, no mechanism for setting binary values from the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SETDEF Alter system settings
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SETDEF [AMnn][ABnn][DDMY | DMDY | DYMD][KO | K1][S+ | S-][T12 | 124]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Alter system settings, (which are otherwise set by menu options).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The sETDEF command on its own does nothing - it must be followed by at least one parameter.
|
|||
|
|
The allowed parameters are given below.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
AMnn Auto-switchoff the machine after nn minutes of inactivity. Range 01 to 30. Values
|
|||
|
|
outside this range will not give an error, but the setting will not be changed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ABnn Auto-switchoff the backlight after nn minutes of use. Range 01 to 10. Values outside
|
|||
|
|
this range will not give an error, but the setting will not be changed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DDMY Date format DD/MM/YY. Note that the separator (/) can be changed via the menus.
|
|||
|
|
DMDY Date format MM/DD/YY.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DYMD Date format YY/MM/DD.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Dn Set start of week to n, where 0 is Monday, | is Tuesday etc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KO Select standard keyboard.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
K1 Select special keyboard.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
S+ Sound on.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
s- Sound off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
T12 Time format am-pm. Note that the separator (:) can be changed via the menus.
|
|||
|
|
T24 Time format 24 hour.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TS+ Summer time on.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TS- Summer time off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sound settings for beeps and key clicks, zoom and text wrap on the screen are not configurable using
|
|||
|
|
SETDEF.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The default machine settings are:
|
|||
|
|
e Auto-switchoff the machine after 5 minutes of inactivity.
|
|||
|
|
e Auto-switchoff the backlight after 10 minutes of use.
|
|||
|
|
e Date format DD/MM/YY.
|
|||
|
|
e =6The "start of week" default is Monday.
|
|||
|
|
e Standard keyboard, (unless the machine has been factory-configured for the special keyboard).
|
|||
|
|
e = All sound is on.
|
|||
|
|
e Beeps are loud.
|
|||
|
|
e = Key clicks are loud.
|
|||
|
|
e¢ Time format am-pm. The separator is a colon (:).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Summer time off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Zoom is on setting 3 (see table for zoom settings in the Font sizes and zoom settings subsection
|
|||
|
|
earlier in this chapter).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Wrap is off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SHEET Run the spreadsheet application Sh3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[START] {SHEET | SH3} [system::] [drive:] [path] [filename[.extension] ]
|
|||
|
|
Runs the spreadsheet application Sh3. Sheet is an alias for Sh3.
|
|||
|
|
If preceded by start, Sh3 will be run asynchronously.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If no file specification is provided, and the current drive is m-:, (and sheet.spr does not already exist), a
|
|||
|
|
dialog is presented asking:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Create "M:\SPR\SHEET.SPR"?
|
|||
|
|
Otherwise, if sheet.spr does already exist, then it will be presented directly for editing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If any system, drive or path is provided, but no filename, the sheet.spr file will be placed in, (or retrieved
|
|||
|
|
from), the specified location. The default directory is \spr\, and it is recommended that this is where all
|
|||
|
|
spreadsheet files are kept.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a filename is given, a .spr file of that name will be created (as above) and/or presented for editing
|
|||
|
|
depending on whether it currently exists or not.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
An extension to the filename may be provided that differs from .spr, but this is not recommended, since it
|
|||
|
|
would make identification of the file type difficult.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Notes:
|
|||
|
|
Help on using the Spreadsheet application is available by pressing Shift-Esc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For further information on using the Spreadsheet application, see the Workabout User Guide.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT Shift batch file parameters
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT procname
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift the replaceable parameters of a batch file one position to the left. Thus 1 becomes s0, 9 becomes 8
|
|||
|
|
etc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command su1Ft alters the values of the replaceable parameters s0 to 9 inclusive by copying each
|
|||
|
|
parameter into the one prior to it. Thus the value of s1 is copied to 0, the value of s2 is copied to $1, and
|
|||
|
|
so on. This can be used to help write a batch file that does the same operation on an unspecified number of
|
|||
|
|
parameters.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The su1rt command can also be used to construct a batch file that will accept more than 9 parameters (in
|
|||
|
|
addition to the name of the executable). If more than 9 such parameters are specified on the command
|
|||
|
|
line, those that appear after the ninth (<9) can be moved one at a time into s9 by repeated use of sHIFT.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is no reverse sHirT command. Once the sHirt command has been carried out, the value of 30 that
|
|||
|
|
existed before the shift is not recoverable.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The following batch file, pstpzL.BtTF, shows how to use the sHirT command with any number of
|
|||
|
|
parameters. It deletes a list of files from a specific directory. The parameters are the directory name
|
|||
|
|
followed by any number of filenames.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ECHO off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REM PSIDEL.BTF deletes any number of files from a given directory.
|
|||
|
|
REM The command uses the following syntax: psidel dir filel file2
|
|||
|
|
SET fromdir=%1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
:getfile
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF "S$1"=="" GOTO end
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEL %fromdir%\%1 /y
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GOTO getfile
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
send
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SET fromdir=
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ECHO All done
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
START Start a process asynchronously
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
START procname
|
|||
|
|
Launch the given process and return immediately.
|
|||
|
|
Starts the first process found matching the specification in procname, (asynchronously).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Notes:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For a process that is an alias of another program, using start will start a process that appears to LsEe or
|
|||
|
|
LDEV as an instance of the base process. For example: all text and program editors are aliases of the Word
|
|||
|
|
application. Using start Ep1T will start an instance of Word. It will thus appear in an LPRoc or LSEG
|
|||
|
|
listing as an instance of Word. Using worp or sTarT worp is banned artificially.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On the other hand, start sHEET will start an instance of the Sh3 application. Be aware that a process
|
|||
|
|
started with sH3 or START SH3 cannot, however, be stopped with stop sHEET. The user-visible name Sheet
|
|||
|
|
is only used to start an instance of the sh3.img program running.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
STOP Stop a process
|
|||
|
|
STOP procname [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Terminate the named process or processes matching the specification in procname.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Processes are sent a termination message.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To stop a specified instance of a number of running tasks, all with the same name, the exact process name
|
|||
|
|
must be found out and used. For example: stop job.$09 OF stop job.$14.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For most applications, the effect of being stopped is identical to being killed, (see the kx1LL command). The
|
|||
|
|
application is interrupted immediately, with no chance being provided for data to be saved to file or to
|
|||
|
|
environment variables. However, an application can make use of the PLIB function p_onterminate to
|
|||
|
|
elect to receive an inter-process message instead of being summarily terminated. For further details, see
|
|||
|
|
the descriptions of p_pterminate and p_onterminate in the Error Handling chapter of the PLIB
|
|||
|
|
Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Notes:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The stop command is designed for use with user-developed programs during the development process.
|
|||
|
|
Fully developed (and built-in Psion) applications would normally be stopped using the options available
|
|||
|
|
from their menus or from the System Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TIME Display current time
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Display the current time, in the default format, or the format specified by the most recent szETDEF or menu
|
|||
|
|
command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The default display format is:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
hh:mm:ss [am|pm]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example 09:30:15am will be displayed if the current system time is fifteen seconds after half past nine
|
|||
|
|
in the morning.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use the Time and Date option on the Time menu to change the time.
|
|||
|
|
Use the setpEF command or the Formats option of the Time menu to change the format in which the time
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
is displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TYPE Type a text file
|
|||
|
|
TYPE filename
|
|||
|
|
Print a text or batch file to the screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The display pauses itself automatically after each screen full of text.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VER Display software version numbers
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VER
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Display the Workabout ROM version number, the date and time that the ROM was mastered, the (EPOC)
|
|||
|
|
Operating System version number, the Shell version number and the (Text) System Interface version
|
|||
|
|
number.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VOL Display the disk volume label etc
|
|||
|
|
VOL [drive:]
|
|||
|
|
Display information about the disk volume on the current or specified drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This information includes the volume label, media type, free space in bytes and the total space in bytes.
|
|||
|
|
For RAM SSDs, the battery state is also given.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To change the volume name use the LaBEL command. The label on a volume may also be changed when
|
|||
|
|
the volume is formatted using the rormat command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WAIT Wait for a process to terminate
|
|||
|
|
WAIT [procname]
|
|||
|
|
Suspend the Command Processor until the (named) process terminates.
|
|||
|
|
If a process name procname is supplied, the message:
|
|||
|
|
Waiting for "procname"
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
is displayed and the Command Processor becomes non-interactive until such time as another process
|
|||
|
|
terminates.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If no process name is given "any process" 1s substituted for "procname" and (for example) the message:
|
|||
|
|
Waiting for "any process"
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
is displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To break out of this mode, press PSION+ESC. A Yes/No dialog is displayed, headed:
|
|||
|
|
Stop waiting for "procname"
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If n is pressed then a notifier stating:
|
|||
|
|
Waiting for "procname"
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
is displayed, but if y is pressed then the waiting stops.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Commonly, this command will be used inside batch files in the following general pattern:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
<launch program asynchronously>
|
|||
|
|
<some processing>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
wait
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
START MYSERVER
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF ERRORLEVEL QUIT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
START MY_APP
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF NOT ERRORLEVEL WAIT MY_APP
|
|||
|
|
KILL MYSERVER /Y
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Notes:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The nproc and nsec commands can be used to determine what processes are running. wart will only wait
|
|||
|
|
for processes started by the Command Processor (unlike stop and xru1 which hit anything with a
|
|||
|
|
matching name). Neither the proc nor the sec command can be used to determine how a process was
|
|||
|
|
started.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For a process that is an alias of another program, using WAIT basename will wait for a process that appears
|
|||
|
|
tO LSEG Or LDEV as an instance of the base process (basename). For example: all text and program editors
|
|||
|
|
are aliases of the Word application. Using wart epit will wait for an instance of Word. Using wart worp
|
|||
|
|
is banned artificially.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In contrast, WAIT SHEET can be used to wait for the termination of an instance of the Sh3 application that
|
|||
|
|
was started with sHEET or START SHEET. Be aware that a process started with sH3 or START SH3 cannot,
|
|||
|
|
however, be waited for with wAIT SHEET: you must Use WAIT SH3 instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMERS REFERENCE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX A
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Technical Specification
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Physical characteristics
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Size
|
|||
|
|
Weight
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sound
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Power supply
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Internal
|
|||
|
|
Backup
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
External
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Memory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Built in
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
System information
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Processor
|
|||
|
|
Operating system
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Communications
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Protocols:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Language
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
180mm x 90mm x 35mm.
|
|||
|
|
325g (including battery pack).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Backlit (optional).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
240 x 100 pixel LCD.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Size 62.4mm x 30mm (2.45" x 1.18").
|
|||
|
|
Pixel pitch 0.30mm x 0.26mm
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Pixel size 0.27mm x 0.23mm.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Piezo buzzer.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Nickel-Cadmium rechargeable battery pack, or 2 x AA alkaline batteries.
|
|||
|
|
3V Lithium CR1620 battery.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A Series 3 mains adaptor can be used in conjunction with the LIF Converter unit
|
|||
|
|
for main power supply and trickle charging, (see Expansion below).
|
|||
|
|
Vehicle power adaptor (24v & 12v cigarette lighter sockets), from Jan/Feb 1997.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Docking Station.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1MB Masked ROM (for OS) and 256KB RAM or IMB RAM.
|
|||
|
|
Two SSD drives allow extra storage space on Flash/RAM SSDs, up to 8MB.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
NEC V30 running at 7.68MHz.
|
|||
|
|
EPOC.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
XMODEM, YMODEM (and ZMODEM, except in early models), giving
|
|||
|
|
compatibility with most computer communications software.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Full script language with sample scripts allows automated log-on to
|
|||
|
|
electronic mail and other systems, and control of modems.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Expansion
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Internal
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
External
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Peripherals
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Environment
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Operating temperatures
|
|||
|
|
Storage temperatures
|
|||
|
|
Operating humidity
|
|||
|
|
EMC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Safety
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Drop
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Other
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Serial Numbers
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
One internal expansion card can be installed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Currently an RS232/RS232 TTL serial interface and an RS232/barcode
|
|||
|
|
reader interface expansion module are available. These must be factory
|
|||
|
|
fitted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A combined external power supply connector and fast serial link connector
|
|||
|
|
LIF Converter unit is available. This plugs into the standard LIF socket
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
External peripherals (such as a modems, printers or barcode readers) can be
|
|||
|
|
plugged into any suitable socket (where fitted).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
-20°C to 60°C..
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
-25°C to 80°C.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
0% to 90% non-condensing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FCC Part 15 Class B; CE Mark, E-Mark
|
|||
|
|
EN60950
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1m onto concrete on any face
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IP54 (dust proof & splash proof; some models).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The following numbering system has been devised to cover all variants of Workabout. The code is 10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Digit Alphanumeric:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
G_a_B_5_XX_xxxx
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
G denotes that the product is a Workabout
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
© can be A to Z and denotes the body colour and expansion variant:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Letter Body
|
|||
|
|
Grey
|
|||
|
|
Grey
|
|||
|
|
Grey
|
|||
|
|
Yellow
|
|||
|
|
Yellow
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
F Yellow
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
moaw p>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Variant
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Normal
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TTL + RS232
|
|||
|
|
Barcode + RS232
|
|||
|
|
Normal
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TTL + RS232
|
|||
|
|
Barcode + RS232
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B can be A to Z and denotes memory configuration:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
5 can be 1 to 9 and denotes year of manufacture:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Letter Memory
|
|||
|
|
A 256KB
|
|||
|
|
B 512KB
|
|||
|
|
C 1MB
|
|||
|
|
D 2MB
|
|||
|
|
Digit Year
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 1993
|
|||
|
|
2 1994
|
|||
|
|
3 1995
|
|||
|
|
4 1996
|
|||
|
|
5 1997
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
X can be 01 to 52 and denote the Week of manufacture:
|
|||
|
|
Digits Week
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ol Starts first of Year at Monday 7a.m.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
52 Last Week of December
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
XXxx can be 0000 to 9999 and is the unique numeric identifier for each PCB built in a week, giving
|
|||
|
|
10,000 permutations each week.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Serial numbers prior to GXCXX310NM
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The RS232 port on both Barcode and TTL options uses a Maxim chip to perform the RS232 level
|
|||
|
|
conversion. This chip has a power saving feature which means that it will only power up when it detects
|
|||
|
|
RS232 signal levels on any of the inputs. This can cause a problem interfacing to devices which also
|
|||
|
|
incorporate the same Maxim chip, since neither device will power up. The Ericsson Mobidem
|
|||
|
|
incorporates this device and therefore earlier models of the Workabout had difficulty communicating with
|
|||
|
|
a Mobidem. A modification to the Barcode and TTL PCBs, disabling the power save feature, was
|
|||
|
|
introduced into production from serial number GXCXX310NM onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout RS232 / RS232 TTL Interface Module
|
|||
|
|
- Technical Specification
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This peripheral module provides:
|
|||
|
|
e =An RS232 (IBM PC/AT type) interface at 12V (EIA-232) levels. Connector: 9 way D-type male.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e A TTL level RS232 interface at 5V CMOS levels together with a 5V power output at up to 200mA
|
|||
|
|
current drive capability. Connector: 9 way D-type female.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The board can be operated at up to 19,200 Baud rate.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The physical arrangement of the board and connectors inside the Workabout is shown below:
|
|||
|
|
RS232 RS232
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
(0to5V) — (4/- 12v)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Torson 26 way connector
|
|||
|
|
(connects the main board to
|
|||
|
|
the peripheral module)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Flexi cable
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
26 way flexi connector
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
View from the front of the machine
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RS232 (AT) Cradle
|
|||
|
|
(+/-12v) (Connector)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
or RS232 TTL
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Remarks:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e = =The Workabout can communicate to the RS232 interface or the RS232 TTL interface, but cannot talk
|
|||
|
|
to both at the same time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e The connectors at the top of the machine are in the default positions.
|
|||
|
|
- The D-type connector for RS232 may be fitted at the bottom, if required.
|
|||
|
|
The bottom RS232 connector and the top RS232 connector cannot both be fitted.
|
|||
|
|
- The D-type connector for RS232 TTL may be fitted at the bottom, if required.
|
|||
|
|
The bottom RS232 TTL connector and the top RS232 TTL connector cannot both be fitted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e The various input and output signals of the connectors are shown in the table below.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Pin number RS232 TTL interface RS232 interface
|
|||
|
|
VCCEXT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
n.
|
|||
|
|
RX
|
|||
|
|
T
|
|||
|
|
G
|
|||
|
|
D
|
|||
|
|
R
|
|||
|
|
C
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
4
|
|||
|
|
il,
|
|||
|
|
an u
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Q)A
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
nf
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note: Under normal conditions the signal levels into the TTL port should not exceed 5.5V DC.
|
|||
|
|
Connected devices should be designed or specified to guarantee this is not exceeded. Under fault or
|
|||
|
|
transient conditions 6V DC should not be exceeded.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ic
|
|||
|
|
x
|
|||
|
|
ND
|
|||
|
|
SR
|
|||
|
|
TS
|
|||
|
|
TS
|
|||
|
|
Ic
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
al
|
|||
|
|
1
|
|||
|
|
2
|
|||
|
|
3
|
|||
|
|
4
|
|||
|
|
5
|
|||
|
|
6
|
|||
|
|
a)
|
|||
|
|
8
|
|||
|
|
9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout RS232 / Barcode Interface Module
|
|||
|
|
- Technical Specification
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This peripheral module provides:
|
|||
|
|
e An RS232 (IBM PC/AT type) interface at 12V levels. Connector: 9 way D-type male.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e A barcode wand interface, together with a 5V power output with up to 200mA current drive
|
|||
|
|
capability. Connector: 9 way D-type male (with click lock when mounted at the top of the
|
|||
|
|
machine, without click lock when mounted at the bottom)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A Hewlett Packard microcontroller HBCR-1612 is used to read and decode the barcode external input, and
|
|||
|
|
then transmit the data as RS232 signals at up to 9,600 Baud.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The physical arrangement of the board and connectors inside the Workabout is shown below:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BAR CODE
|
|||
|
|
CLICKLOCK RS232
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Torson 26 way connector
|
|||
|
|
(connects the main board to
|
|||
|
|
the peripheral module)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Flexi cable
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
26 way flexi connector
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
View from the front of the machine
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BAR CODE Cradle
|
|||
|
|
or RS232 (Connector)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Remarks:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e = =The Workabout can communicate to the RS232 interface or the barcode interface, but cannot talk to
|
|||
|
|
both at the same time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e The connectors at the top of the machine are in the default positions.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
- The barcode connector may be fitted at the bottom, if required. The bottom barcode connector
|
|||
|
|
and the top barcode connector cannot both be fitted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
- The RS232 connector may be fitted at the bottom, if required. The bottom RS232 connector and
|
|||
|
|
the top RS232 connector cannot both be fitted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e = The various input and output signals of the connectors are shown in the table below:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RSID eric
|
|||
|
|
1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Ic
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
0 mAOANI NN BW WN
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Conversion of an HC barcode reader for Workabout connection
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The details of the wiring changes needed to change the connector on a barcode reader from a six pin
|
|||
|
|
minidin for an HC to a 9 way D type for a Workabout are given below. These are the wires coming from
|
|||
|
|
the barcode reader itself to the connector that plugged into the HC.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The wires connected to the six way minidin pins as below left need to be reconnected to the 9 way D type
|
|||
|
|
pins as below right. The signal directions given are from the HC/Workabout point of view.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
New 9 way D ype
|
|||
|
|
DSR input
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[2 [enable ———SS—~ utp 6 DTRSSCSCS~S utp |
|
|||
|
|
Ps [switch ————~‘finput_[ | noteonnested ———S—~sSCSC*
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TXD (barcode data) TXD (barcode data)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VCCEXT (barcode power supply) | output | 9 VCCEXT (barcode power supply)
|
|||
|
|
-6_| GND (ground) [ [Tor 8 [GND Ground) |
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Important notes
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The software control for pin 2 on the old 6 way connector was never implemented, therefore extra
|
|||
|
|
program code may be required to implement the DTR function on the equivalent pin 6 in the new 9 way
|
|||
|
|
connector.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Some barcode readers do not have all of the pins on the 6 way connected to anything, and some have
|
|||
|
|
wires that are not connected to any of the pins in the connector. Only make existing connections as above.
|
|||
|
|
Any wires or pins unconnected should remain unconnected in the 9 way connector.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Vehicle Interface Cradle (VIC)
|
|||
|
|
- Technical Specification
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout Vehicle Interface Cradle (WVIC) is a peripheral for the Workabout that provides extra
|
|||
|
|
RS232 communications facilities for the Workabout, as well as being capable of providing both operating
|
|||
|
|
power and internal Ni-Cd battery charging current when supplied from either the main vehicle supply (at
|
|||
|
|
+12V) or an auxiliary 10V regulated supply (via the Extended 15-way RS232 port). The interface between
|
|||
|
|
the Workabout and the Cradle is through the standard Psion LIF connector in the base of the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout is held in place by the standard holster. The WVIC may be dashboard mounted with an
|
|||
|
|
optional mounting bracket which allows the unit to be angled for ease of use.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Physical & Environmental
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Weight: 317g
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Size: 140mm (H) x 92mm (W) x 62mm (D)
|
|||
|
|
Temperature Range: Operation: 0° C to 50° C
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EMC EN5022, E marked
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Serial Communications
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The RS232 serial ports (one or three depending on variant) allow connection to a wide range of devices
|
|||
|
|
such as radio modem, GPS unit, printer, or input from vehicle information/management systems.
|
|||
|
|
Simultaneous connection to several such devices is possible with the three port variant.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Build options
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Two build options are available as standard products with either one or three RS232 ports and vehicle
|
|||
|
|
power input. The D-type connectors have screw locks. A total of four build variants are available:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Vehicle Cradle build variants
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Number of Ports 12V vehicle power connector | Regulated 10V input via 15 way D type
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TRS232 Por (Sway Dyps) [| Cd CS
|
|||
|
|
3 RS232 Ports (1 x 15 way
|
|||
|
|
D-type, 2 x 9 way D-type)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that the 10V power input versions must be built to order.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Power supply
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that the unit accepts a 12v DC vehicle supply, and is not suitable for connection to 24v. In the case of
|
|||
|
|
a 24v or 36v vehicle, the power to the unit has to be taken from the vehicle’s 12v rail, or a suitable
|
|||
|
|
DC/DC convertor or dropper/regulator has to be used.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The WVIC supplies enough current to charge a NiCd battery pack and run everything on the Workabout
|
|||
|
|
simultaneously, e.g. writing SSDs, backlight, powering port devices. The Workabout will not start
|
|||
|
|
draining the batteries as well as using power from the WVIC provided the supply is at least 11v DC.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Current consumption figures for a 3 port 12V WVIC are as follows (all figs in mA):
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WVIC only a ee
|
|||
|
|
WVIC + Workabout (off), no batteries Ca Ea
|
|||
|
|
WVIC + Workabout (off) + rechargeable pack
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WVIC + Workabout (on) + rechargeable pack a dependent
|
|||
|
|
as above with VIC ports enabled and unloaded
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
as above with ports all loaded 170 7 aoe on what is
|
|||
|
|
connected
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Additional current for backlight 50
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For peripherals connected to the Workabout, current consumption will depend on what the peripheral is.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For a 10OV DC powered WVIC, 10mA should be deducted from the typical values, and 15mA should be
|
|||
|
|
deducted from the maximum values.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3 port and vehicle power input option
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This variant of the WVIC (Psion part number 2800-0024) incorporates the following features:-
|
|||
|
|
e Power input from the vehicle
|
|||
|
|
e Surge suppression and regulation of the vehicle 12v supply to 10v DC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Vehicle ignition switch sensing for Workabout wake up. Power down of the Workabout is
|
|||
|
|
available under application control.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
¢ Conversion of Psion Fast Serial to RS232
|
|||
|
|
e = Trickle charge of the Workabout Ni-Cd rechargeable battery pack
|
|||
|
|
e 2RS232 ports - 9 way D-type with screw locks; 1 RS232 port - 15 way D-type with screw locks
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Port F
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 port and vehicle power option
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This variant of the WVIC (Psion part number 2800-0028) incorporates the following features:-
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Power input from the vehicle
|
|||
|
|
Surge suppression and regulation of the vehicle 12v supply to 10v DC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Vehicle ignition switch sensing for Workabout wake up. Power down of the Workabout is
|
|||
|
|
available under application control.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Conversion of Psion Fast Serial to RS232
|
|||
|
|
Trickle charge of the Workabout Ni-Cd rechargeable battery pack pack
|
|||
|
|
1 RS232 port - 15 way D-type with screw locks
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Mounting bracket
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A mounting bracket (Psion Part number 2400-0082) is available for mounting both options of the Vehicle
|
|||
|
|
Cradle.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Vehicle power input connector
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ee Connector housing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Pie Pin 3, vehicle -ve, ground
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
*.__ Pin 2, vehicle ignition signal, 12v dc
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Pin 1, vehicle +ve, 12v de /
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Vehicle power in
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Switched 12V in
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The function of each pin is:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1. Main 12V DC input from the vehicle power supply is internally surge suppressed, and
|
|||
|
|
regulated to provide a 10V rail which then powers the Workabout connected to the LIF. This
|
|||
|
|
10V rail is also used to drive a constant current source which supplies 83mA (nom.) to the
|
|||
|
|
BAT connection of the Workabout LIF socket, and hence to the internal Ni-Cd pack in a
|
|||
|
|
Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
2. Switched 12V in is used to provide a wake-up signal to the Workabout. When this signal
|
|||
|
|
goes high, the Workabout will receive a high level on its EXON line in the LIF connector.
|
|||
|
|
This connection is optional - see Extended 15-way RS232 serial port details.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
3. GND is the main ground return line for the vehicle power supply.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-8
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Conventional 9-pin RS232 serial ports
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The unit has two 9-way D-type connectors (female), which provide the same RS232 signals to the outside
|
|||
|
|
worlds as are normally found on the RS232 connector of a Workabout RS232 expansion interface, with
|
|||
|
|
the addition of a further pin, described below. The connections are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
9 RI (but see below)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The RI function is not directly supported by the serial port drivers on the Workabout; the state of the RI
|
|||
|
|
line can be read by the serial port driver on bit PA4 of the ASICS.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
These ports are accessed by the Workabout as standard serial devices, and are referred to as ports I and F.
|
|||
|
|
Port F is the closest of the two to the top of the unit when installed, and port I is that closest to the end of
|
|||
|
|
the unit holding the Workabout LIF connector.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Extended 15-way RS232 serial port
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The unit has a further 15-way D-type connector at its bottom edge (adjacent to the 12V vehicle power
|
|||
|
|
connector). This provides the same functionality as the other two RS232 connectors (addressed as port C),
|
|||
|
|
as well as some extended functions, which are described below. The connections are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
a 0)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
oO
|
|||
|
|
2S RX ata) ——OSC—~—SCSCSSC—C~—~—sRTS CSCS
|
|||
|
|
Ps S*d TX (data out) SCS SSCS TSS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
fa SSOSCSCSCSCCCS YR see Below ——SSSSC~*S
|
|||
|
|
ro] External WakeUp Gee below) [14.—S*(NCSOCSCS—S—SCS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The RI function is not directly supported by the serial port drivers on the Workabout; the state of the RI
|
|||
|
|
line can be read by the serial port driver on bit PA4 of the ASICS.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Pin 6, External WakeUp, is internally connected to pin 2 of the external 12V power connector, and can be
|
|||
|
|
used in the same manner to cause the Workabout to turn on when a voltage is presented on this pin. It can
|
|||
|
|
also be wired, in the users cable, to pin 8 (the DSR line) to provide a wake-up on reception of a DSR
|
|||
|
|
signal - this is the normal arrangement for Psion products with external wake-up signals. It follows that a
|
|||
|
|
connection from pin 6 to pin 8 should not be made at the same time as a connection to pin 2 of the
|
|||
|
|
external 12V input connector- this would result in the Workabout receiving wake up events at the wrong
|
|||
|
|
time, and could result in damage to the equipment connected to this port (though not to the VIC itself).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Vin expects a 250mA, 10V, 10% regulated positive DC voltage , and can be used to power the VIC and
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, as well as supplying charging current to the internal Ni-Cd pack. Internal circuitry allows for
|
|||
|
|
both this supply and the 12V vehicle supply to be present at the same time, although only one of them is
|
|||
|
|
necessary.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion LIF Connector
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion LIF connector details are covered in Appendix A - Technical Specifications of the HC
|
|||
|
|
Programmers Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Docking Station
|
|||
|
|
- Technical Specification
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Introduction
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout Docking Station is designed to provide a multi-function mounting point for the Psion
|
|||
|
|
Workabout corporate hand held computer, (referred to in this technical specification as the computer).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Docking Station has the following features:
|
|||
|
|
e Battery management, including fast charge of batteries (fast model)
|
|||
|
|
e Small footprint
|
|||
|
|
e Reliable connection between the Psion and the docking station using the LIF connector
|
|||
|
|
e¢ Option for in-vehicle use
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e FCC, static and safety approval
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Variants
|
|||
|
|
A total of four build options available:
|
|||
|
|
1. Workabout fast charge
|
|||
|
|
2. Workabout trickle charge
|
|||
|
|
Note: Both the above variants are also available with vehicle support circuitry on board.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This gives a total of 4 possible build variants.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Identification
|
|||
|
|
PCB number and revision marked on PCB is common for all variants.
|
|||
|
|
The main visual differences that distinguish The Workabout fast charger from the HC fast charger are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout fast charger: 2 pin 1.3mm DC jack fitted
|
|||
|
|
HC fast charger: 4 pin bulky power supply socket fitted
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Docking Station Unit
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Main features
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Docking Station Unit has the following features:
|
|||
|
|
e Fast charging of the computer internal battery pack, (fast model).
|
|||
|
|
e Spare battery pack fast charging.
|
|||
|
|
e Stable desktop mounting.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Accepts some of the HC expansion modules which communicate via the Psion Fast Serial (PFS)
|
|||
|
|
protocol. These are accessible by any Workabout computer inserted into the Docking Station. See
|
|||
|
|
the table Psion HC build variant and accessories matrix at the end of Appendix A - Technical
|
|||
|
|
Specifications in the HC Programmers Reference manual for details.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Data transfer from the computer, (with the appropriate expansion module and software driver).
|
|||
|
|
e Simultaneous battery charging and data transfer, (if the Psion is not monitoring battery status).
|
|||
|
|
e Wall mounting and bulk head fitting designed in.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e The battery compartment is factory configured to accept as standard the Workabout rechargeable
|
|||
|
|
battery pack.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Status indicators
|
|||
|
|
There are several LEDs on the front of the charger unit to indicate the following:
|
|||
|
|
e¢ Communications/data transfer
|
|||
|
|
e §=© Yellow during data transfer
|
|||
|
|
e Power status-On/Off
|
|||
|
|
¢ Green when charger is connected to mains power
|
|||
|
|
e¢ Main computer battery charging status (Fast model only, see Battery Status LED conditions)
|
|||
|
|
e Spare battery charging status (Fast model only, see Battery Status LED conditions)
|
|||
|
|
Battery charging
|
|||
|
|
The Docking Station has two charging modes:
|
|||
|
|
e = Normal
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e Software controlled. See the Cradle and Docking Station chapter in the I/O Devices Reference
|
|||
|
|
manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If both the computer and the spare battery are fitted when the docking station is connected to mains
|
|||
|
|
power, charging priority will go to the spare battery. If the docking station is already connected to mains
|
|||
|
|
power , charging priority will go to whichever battery was plugged in first.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The computer main battery can be discharged before charging commences. This feature is controlled from
|
|||
|
|
the computer.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that the Slow Charge variant of the Docking station does not have a Battery Status LED. This is
|
|||
|
|
because it has only one status - charging.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Battery Status LED conditions
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LED indication Battery status
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Flashing red Preparation for fast charging (two seconds) or
|
|||
|
|
Battery condition outside specified range - trickle charging or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For the battery pack inside the Psion: discharging under software
|
|||
|
|
control or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Error
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Steady red Charging
|
|||
|
|
Steady green Charged
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Flashing red/green Waiting or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For the battery pack inside the Psion: discharging under software
|
|||
|
|
control, while the spare is fast charging
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Charging both battery packs
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a spare battery is inserted into the Docking Station whilst a battery pack inside the Psion is being
|
|||
|
|
charged, charging of the spare pack will begin after the internal battery pack has been charged.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If a Psion computer is inserted into the Docking Station whilst a spare battery pack is being charged,
|
|||
|
|
charging of the battery inside the Psion will begin after the spare pack has been charged.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If both the Psion and the spare battery pack are inserted into the Docking Station at the same time, (or
|
|||
|
|
both are in the Docking Station prior to it being connected to the mains), the packs will not be charged
|
|||
|
|
simultaneously. In the case of the Fast Charge variant of the Docking Station their respective LEDs will
|
|||
|
|
flash red for about two seconds, until the charger decides which to battery pack to charge. The LED for
|
|||
|
|
the one charging then comes on red, and the other one's LED starts flashing red/green as it is waiting to
|
|||
|
|
be charged. For both Docking station variants the spare battery pack will normally be charged first.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-11
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Battery Fast Charging conditions
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Fast Charge variant of the Docking Station can Fast Charge in the following conditions:
|
|||
|
|
Within the temperature range: 5 to 45 °C
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Voltage of the battery pack: 1.8 to 3.8V DC for the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the battery pack temperature or voltage is outside the specified range, the charger trickle charges until
|
|||
|
|
the condition is within the allowable range, after which it will fast charge. A new or fully discharged
|
|||
|
|
battery pack (that has been left on for a long time) may have a voltage below the minimum for Fast
|
|||
|
|
Charging.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the battery temperature is within the allowable range and the battery status LED continues to flash red it
|
|||
|
|
is likely that the battery pack is faulty.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Discharging prior to charging & capacity measurement
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion's internal battery pack may be discharged, under software control, prior to charging. This is not
|
|||
|
|
possible with the spare battery pack.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is possible to charge the spare battery pack whilst discharging the main battery pack in the Psion.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Software controlled discharging of the battery pack leaves the voltage above the allowable minimum for
|
|||
|
|
subsequent Fast Charging.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Charging will automatically commence after the battery is discharged.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Under software control it is also possible to measure the actual capacity or the remaining capacity of the
|
|||
|
|
battery pack inside the Psion computer. The discharging current for the Workabout charger is
|
|||
|
|
290mA + 5%.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Fast Charging times
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A fully discharged battery pack takes approximately one hour to Fast Charge to 90-95% of its maximum
|
|||
|
|
capacity. If left in the Docking Station after this time it will be "topped-up" to its maximum capacity after
|
|||
|
|
a further two hours.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Slow Charging times
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A fully discharged battery pack takes approximately 14 to 16 hours to Slow Charge to 100% of its
|
|||
|
|
maximum capacity.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Charging limitations
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Fast Charge and Slow Charge facilities only support the main Computer battery, not the battery of
|
|||
|
|
any attached peripheral. The HC Printer however, contains its own Quick Charge circuitry and may
|
|||
|
|
charge simultaneously under software control.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LIF Mounting Kit
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The LIF mounting kit allows a LIF connector on the end of a cable to be fitted to a holster.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The holster itself is a plastic moulding into which the computer can be inserted. This incorporates a
|
|||
|
|
positive latching mechanism which holds the computer securely in place. The holster does not include any
|
|||
|
|
electronics.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Clip cover and the 2 short screws that are fitted as standard to the LIF connector will need to be
|
|||
|
|
replaced with the blank cover and the 2 long screws supplied with the kit.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Holster with Socket Housing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The kit for the Workabout Computer consists of:-
|
|||
|
|
e HC holster
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e LIF connector support
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e LiF connector blank front cover
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e 2screws - type K2.2 x 12 mm CSK ( not shown)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-12
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Docking Station
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This is a Fast Charger with serial data communication capabilities supplied with a factory fitted
|
|||
|
|
Workabout holster, also known as a Workabout Docking Station. The cable from the hardware board to
|
|||
|
|
the LIF connector is protected by an over-moulded rubber grommet.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A 12v 1 amp unregulated power supply is supplied with the docking station.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Docking Station : UK Part
|
|||
|
|
Number 1801-0001-01
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note: Euro part number 1801-0004-01, US part
|
|||
|
|
number 1801-0005-01
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
12V 1 amp unregulated Power Supply : UK Part Number 2300-0197-01
|
|||
|
|
TL
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
—
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
~ ~S
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note: Euro part number 2300-0210-01, US part number 2300-0211-01
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A-13
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN
|
|||
|
|
THE HC COMMAND PROCESSOR,
|
|||
|
|
THE WORKABOUT COMMAND PROCESSOR
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
AND MS-DOS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Introduction
|
|||
|
|
About this appendix
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This appendix compares the Psion HC Command Processor commands with the commands of the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor and the MS-DOS Command Processor. It is provided for two purposes:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e So that developers may easily convert batch programs written for the Psion HC into batch
|
|||
|
|
programs that will run on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
e So that developers familiar with writing MS-DOS batch programs may easily find the similarities
|
|||
|
|
and differences relating to writing batch programs for the Psion HC and the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
It is not the purpose of this appendix to give the full syntax of MS-DOS commands, and <etc> may be
|
|||
|
|
used to indicate an incomplete syntax statement, (refer to your MS-DOS manual or MS-DOS Help).
|
|||
|
|
Furthermore MS-DOS is available in many versions. At the time of writing the current version was 6.2.
|
|||
|
|
Commands that are only for use in MS-DOS config.sys files have not been included if they have no
|
|||
|
|
relevance to Psion machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Help
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Help about commands, (and other features of the machine), is not available from the system on the Psion
|
|||
|
|
HC, but is on the Workabout. Help is also available in current versions of MS-DOS.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Commands
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shortened versions of commands are not available on the Workabout (or in MS-DOS). For example, com
|
|||
|
|
is not an acceptable shortened form of commanp. The Workabout Command Processor thus differs from
|
|||
|
|
the Psion HC Command Processor which does allow command abbreviations. Where the full length HC
|
|||
|
|
command is longer than the Workabout command the extra HC characters are enclosed in braces, {}, in
|
|||
|
|
the heading. Optional characters for an HC command are enclosed in square brackets, [], in the syntax
|
|||
|
|
statement.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
File and directory names
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
wom
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion computers allow the use, for example, of the "+" character in filenames, which is not allowed in
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, (see the copy command).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On the Workabout a trailing backslash can generally be used to clarify that a name is a directory rather
|
|||
|
|
than a file, whereas on an HC, (as in DOS), a parsing error may occur. For example, if the current drive is
|
|||
|
|
m: and the current directory is \img\ the command:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
md tools\
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
will successfully create a directory on the Workabout, but not on the HC.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
In all, fully specified Psion filenames (£ilespec) are regarded as having five parts:
|
|||
|
|
1. A filing system (e.g. loc:: or rem::).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A drive or device (e.g. b:).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A path (e.g. \ or \accounts\jan\).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A filename (e.g. job).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Oi Ri ee, TS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
An extension (e.g. .img).
|
|||
|
|
In MS-DOS the file specification syntax \\server\ is analogous to the Psion filing system component.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Wildcards
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The use of * differs from its use in DOS in that, on the HC and the Workabout, it is possible to use, for
|
|||
|
|
example:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
at bi ®
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
to select all files whose file name starts with a and ends with b. In DOS, a*b.* has the same effect as
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ar. *.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Batch files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Batch files may only be run synchronously on the Workabout, (as in DOS), or on an HC. On the HC
|
|||
|
|
preceding the name of the batch file by @ is required, but not on the Workabout. In Workabout batch files
|
|||
|
|
@ suppresses echo, just like in DOS.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On the Workabout batch files must have the extension .btf, (just as DOS batch files must have the
|
|||
|
|
extension .bat), but on the HC other extensions (though not advisable) are allowed. The Workabout stores
|
|||
|
|
batch files, by default, in a \bif\ directory. The HC has no default directory for batch files, (neither do DOS
|
|||
|
|
machines).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On the HC it is not possible to pass parameters to a batch file, but on the Workabout you can pass as many
|
|||
|
|
parameters as will fit on the command line, (like DOS). Workabout batch files can also use IF...GOTO...
|
|||
|
|
constructs, unlike HC batch files, (but like DOS ones).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Default directory structure
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On the Workabout there is a fixed default directory structure, into which files with specific extensions are
|
|||
|
|
placed. This directory structure is searched automatically for program files if full details are not provided
|
|||
|
|
of path and filename extension. The HC does not have a default directory structure, (neither do DOS
|
|||
|
|
machines).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Launching programs
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout looks for filenames in the following order of extensions, if no extension is given:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1. .img
|
|||
|
|
2. .app
|
|||
|
|
3. .opo
|
|||
|
|
4. .opa
|
|||
|
|
5. .btf
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The order of searching on the Workabout is described in detail in the chapter The Workabout Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The HC, on the other hand, looks for filenames in the following order of extensions, if no extension is
|
|||
|
|
given:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1. .opo
|
|||
|
|
2. .img
|
|||
|
|
3. .app
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The order of searching on the HC is described in detail in the chapter The HC Command Shell in the
|
|||
|
|
HC Programmers Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DOS machines do not have fixed search orders, and search paths must be specified using the paTH
|
|||
|
|
command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Memory resident programs
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout (or any other Psion SIBO machine) can have programs running asynchronously in the
|
|||
|
|
background, (see the HC Programmers Reference, Series 3 Programmers Reference and Workabout
|
|||
|
|
Programmers Reference manuals). An example of this is the LINK program. In contrast MS-DOS has
|
|||
|
|
Terminate and Stay Resident programs (TSRs) which are installed into memory (usually on boot up) but
|
|||
|
|
cannot run until control is passed to them, (MS-DOS is not multi-tasking).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Alphabetical listing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPEND Append directories to current data path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Applications each have their own preferred path for data files. See the Default location of files section of
|
|||
|
|
the chapter The Workabout Command Processor in the Workabout Programmers Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPEND <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Enables programs to open data files in specified directories as if the files were in the current directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ATTRIB{UTE} Set or clear file attributes
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that the a flag on the Workabout or PC is exactly the same as the m flag on the Psion HC.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ATT[RIBUTE] [system::][drive:][path]filename.extension [+h|-h] [+s|-s] [+m|-m] [+r]-r]
|
|||
|
|
Sets or resets the hidden (n), system (s), modified (m) and/or read-only (xr) attributes of a file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A filename must be given. If all four attributes are omitted nothing will happen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command does not accept a wild card specification.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ATTRIB [system::][drive:] [path] [filename] [.extension] [+h|-h] [+s|-s] [+a]-a] [+r|-r]
|
|||
|
|
Sets or resets the hidden (nh), system (s), archive (a) and/or read-only (r) attributes of a file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If all four attributes are omitted, attrib displays the existing settings.
|
|||
|
|
If the filename is also omitted then the attributes of all files in the current (or specified) path are
|
|||
|
|
displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command does accept a wild card specification.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
ATTRIB [drive:][path]filename.extension [+h|-h] [+s|-s] [+a]-a]l [+r|-r] [/s]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets or resets the hidden (hn), system (s), archive (a) and/or read-only (r) attributes of a file.
|
|||
|
|
The /s switch processes the current directory and all related subdirectories.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If all four attributes are omitted, attrib displays the existing settings.
|
|||
|
|
If the filename and attributes are omitted then the attributes of the specified directory only are displayed.
|
|||
|
|
If both path and filename are omitted the attributes of all files in the current directory are displayed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command does accept a wild card specification.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
AUTO Set time to auto-switch-off
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
AUT[O] seconds
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets the time for auto-switch-off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Implemented via sETDEF.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BACKLIGHT Set backlight time-out
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BACK[LIGHT] [time]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets the backlight auto-time-out to time, or if time is omitted, displays the current setting (in
|
|||
|
|
hexadecimal).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Implemented via sETDEF, (or system interface menus).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Some screen savers provide similar functionality.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BACKUP Backup files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Files are backed up to a PC using MCLINK, RCom or PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Files are backed up to a PC using MCLINK, RCom or PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BACKUP <etc>
|
|||
|
|
Backs up files from one disk to another, (MS-DOS versions 2.0 to 5.0).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BATCHK Start battery check program
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
BATCHK interval
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Starts the program rom::batchk (if found), which monitors the voltages of the main and backup batteries.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Replaced by Shift-Ctrl-B.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BATTERY Specify battery type
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BAT[TERY] type
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Specifies which type of main battery is installed.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Replaced by Shift-Ctrl-B.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BREAK Control extended CTRL-C checking
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. This is not relevant to Psion machines.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. This is not relevant to Psion machines.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
BREAK [ON|OFF]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets or clears extended CTRL-C checking.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CALC Run the calculator application
|
|||
|
|
External command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[START] CALC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Run the Calculator application, Calc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported, although calculator programs are available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CALL Call a batch file from inside another batch file
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Call a batch file from inside another batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
No command is required. The filename prefixed with an @, is all that is needed.
|
|||
|
|
@[system::] [drive:] [path]batchfile[.extension]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion HC batch files always return to any calling batch file on completion.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[CALL ] [system::][drive:][path]batchfile[.extension] [batch-parameters]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Omitting the caLL command and Just using the file specification "chains" the named batch file, and it then
|
|||
|
|
does not return to the calling batch file on completion.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
[CALL ] [drive:][path]batchfile [batch-parameters]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Omitting the caLL command and Just using the file specification "chains" the named batch file, and
|
|||
|
|
control then does not return to the calling batch file on completion.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CD Display or alter current directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Changes to a different path, or (if path is omitted) displays the current path. This is exactly the same as
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CD [drive:] [path]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use cb [drive:]\ to change to the root directory of a drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The HC maintains one machine-wide path.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CD [drive:] [path]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use cb [drive:]\ to change to the root directory of a drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout maintains one path per local drive, plus a "current drive". To change drive use:
|
|||
|
|
drive:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CD [drive:] [path] or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CD [..] to change to the parent directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use cb [drive:]\ to change to the root directory of a drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS maintains one path per drive, plus a "current drive". To change drive use:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
drive:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHCP Display or change character set
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-K can be used to switch the character set available from the keyboard.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHCP [nnn]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays or changes the active character set.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR Display or alter current directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Changes to a different path, or (if path is omitted) displays the current path. This is exactly the same as
|
|||
|
|
CD.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The cp command is used instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR [drive:] [path]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use cHDIR [drive:]\ to change to the root directory of a drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout maintains one path per local drive, plus a "current drive". To change drive use:
|
|||
|
|
drive:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR [drive:][path] or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR [..] to change to the parent directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use cHDIR [drive:]\ to change to the root directory of a drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS maintains one path per drive, plus a "current drive". To change drive use:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
drive:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHKDSK Check or fix disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
This is not relevant to HC machines.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The "Disk info" option of the "Info" menu in the System Screen gives information such as: the disk's
|
|||
|
|
label, its capacity, the amount of used space and the amount of free space. The vo, command also returns
|
|||
|
|
this information.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHKDSK <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Checks and displays disk status, or may be used to fix a disk.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHOICE Prompt user for choice
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHOICE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Prompts the user to make a choice in batch programs. MS-DOS 6.0 onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CLS Clear the screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Clears the screen, leaving the > prompt and cursor in the top left corner.
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CLS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CLS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COMMAND Start another command processor instance
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. See the HC Programmers Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not required, because the Command Processor can start many processes asynchronously.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COMMAND <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Starts another instance of the command processor (shell).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COMMS Run the communications application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
External command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[START] COMMS [system::] [drive:] [path] [filename[.extension] ]
|
|||
|
|
Run the communications application, Comms.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The INTERLNK command does similar things, as do many other proprietary programs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COMP Compare two files
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COMP <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Compares two files and lists the differences between them. External command, up to MS-DOS 5, (c.f. rc
|
|||
|
|
in MS-DOS 6 onwards).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CONFIG Set language file
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CON[FIG] filename
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Changes the language data file to that specified. If £i1ename is omitted, the effect is to revert to the file
|
|||
|
|
sys$ctry.cfo.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Implemented via the seTtpEr command, (or the system interface menus).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The country command in config.sys does similar things.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COPY Copy file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Copies one or more files, possibly changing their names in the process.
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
COP[Y] source destination
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The source and dest ination file specifications can consist of a system and double colon, drive letter and
|
|||
|
|
colon, a directory name, a filename, or a combination of these.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Several files cannot be combined into one file by using wildcards.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
COPY source destination [/s] [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The source and dest ination file specifications can consist of a system and double colon, drive letter and
|
|||
|
|
colon, a directory name, a filename, or a combination of these.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The /s switch allows copying of subdirectories.
|
|||
|
|
The /y switch allows overwriting without confirmation, (as in MS-DOS 6.xx).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Several files cannot be combined into one file by using wildcards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
coPY [/Y|/-¥Y] [/A|/B] source [/A|/B] [+ source [/A|/B] [+...]][destination [/A|/B]] [/V]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The source and dest ination file specifications can consist of a drive letter and colon, a directory name, a
|
|||
|
|
filename, or a combination of these.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
By using wildcards or the [+ source [/A|/B] [+...]] Syntax, several files can be combined into one
|
|||
|
|
file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COUNTRY Set country
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The conric command does similar things.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The setpEF command sets which language file to use.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
COUNTRY=nnn <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets country-specific conventions in config.sys. Date and time formats are set in the country file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CTTY Change terminal device
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use the Psion SIBO Debugger, which provides similar functionality.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use the Psion SIBO Debugger, which provides similar functionality.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CTTY device
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Change terminal device.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
D Brief directory listing
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
D [/p] [filespec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Lists specified filenames in a directory, without any additional information except for the total size and
|
|||
|
|
the total number of bytes free on the current device.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
The pir command has a switch (/») for bare output of filenames only.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The ptr command has many switches to format directory listing output.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DATA Run the database application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
External command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[START] DATA [system::] [drive:] [path] [filename[.extension] ]
|
|||
|
|
Run the database application, Data.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available, though there are many proprietary programs on the market.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DATE Display date [and time]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DAT IE]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the current date and time, in the format:
|
|||
|
|
day/d[d]/mth/yyyy hh:mm:ss
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
For example:
|
|||
|
|
Thu/12/O0ct/1995 16:59:59
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
will be displayed if the current system date and time is Thursday 12 October 1995, and it is one second
|
|||
|
|
before five o'clock in the afternoon.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the day of the month has only a single digit, no leading zero is displayed. One minute past noon on the
|
|||
|
|
first day of January 1996 is displayed as:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Mon/1/Jan/1996 12:01:00
|
|||
|
|
The date must be set with serpat.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DATE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the current date in the default format, or the format specified by the most recent sETDEF or menu
|
|||
|
|
command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The default display format is:
|
|||
|
|
dd/mm/yy
|
|||
|
|
For example 12/10/95 will be displayed if the current system date is 12 October 1995.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the day of the month or the month number itself has only a single digit, a leading zero is displayed. The
|
|||
|
|
first day of January 1996 is displayed as:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
01/01/96
|
|||
|
|
The date must be set from the menus. See Time for displaying the system time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DATE [mm-dd-yy]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the current date, and prompts for it to be changed. Otherwise sets the date.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DBLSPACE Compress a disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. This is not relevant to Psion computers.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. This is not relevant to Psion computers.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DBLSPACE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Compresses data on hard or floppy disks.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEBUG
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion SIBO debugger offers similar functionality.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion SIBO debugger offers similar functionality.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEBUG
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Starts the debug program to allow debugging of executable files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEFRAG
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Start the debug program
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Optimise files on a disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use the compress command in Psion RCom or a "Compress..." option in PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use the compress command in Psion RCom or a "Compress..." option in PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEFRAG <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Reorganises files on a disk to optimise disk performance.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEL{ETE}
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Deletes the specified file or files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
DEL[ETE] filespec
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
DEL filespec [/s] [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERASE filespec [/s] [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /s flag is used, all subdirectories and files are deleted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Delete file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
Note that, like in MS-DOS, confirmation is not asked for if a single file is being deleted. Unless /y is
|
|||
|
|
used, confirmation is always asked for if all files in a directory are being deleted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
DEL filespec [/p]
|
|||
|
|
or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERASE filespec [/p]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /p flag is used, prompts for confirmation before deleting a specific file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The DELTREE command is used to delete subdirectories and their files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DELTREE Delete a directory, subdirectories and files
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Use:
|
|||
|
|
DEL filespec /s
|
|||
|
|
or
|
|||
|
|
ERASE filespec /s
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
DELTREE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Deletes a specified directory and all subdirectories and files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEVICE List devices
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion HC command performs a completely different function to the MS-DOS command.
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEV[ICE] [filespec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Lists all devices ("drives") in the filing system specified by filespec.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Re[placed by LupEv and LppEv.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Loads a device driver. This is a config.sys command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEVICE filespec <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
However the mem command provides similar functionality.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DIR Full directory listing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Lists all the specified files in a directory, together with their sizes, the time and date of their last
|
|||
|
|
modification, and their attributes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DIR [/p] [filespec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The /p flag causes the display to pause at the end of each screen.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DIR [drive:] [path] [filespec] [/s] [/b]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The listing pauses automatically after each screen of information, prompting the user to press enter to
|
|||
|
|
continue, (except in batch files).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The /s flag causes all subdirectories to be listed as well.
|
|||
|
|
The /b flag causes bare output to be used, (filenames only).
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DIR [drive:] [path] [filespec] <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DISKCOMP Compare two floppy disks
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DISKCOMP <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Compares two floppy disks.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DISKCOPY Copy a floppy disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use copy *.* /s (note that this does not format the target disk).
|
|||
|
|
Also available via a System Screen menu option for SSDs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
DISKCOPY <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Copies a floppy disk. The target disk is formatted first.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DOSKEY Load/start DOSKEY program
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
This functionality is built-in.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
DOSKEY [<etc>]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Load/start the DOSKEY program.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DOSSHELL Load DOSSHELL graphical interface
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. The System Screen carries out similar functions to the MS-DOS Shell.
|
|||
|
|
This may be loaded directly from the Startup Shell, or by entering:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
start sysS$gsys
|
|||
|
|
in the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DOSSHELL <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Loads the MS-DOS Shell graphical interface.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ECHO Display message, set or display echo mode
|
|||
|
|
Displays the message text, or sets the echo mode in batch files, or displays the current echo mode.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ECHO [[text]|[ON | OFF]]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ECHO [[text]|[ON | OFF]]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EDIT Run file editor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[START] EDIT [system::] [drive:] [path] [filename] [.extension]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Runs the Psion file editor, which also translates and runs programs as determined by the source file
|
|||
|
|
extension.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
EDIT <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Runs the MS-DOS text file editor. This is an external command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EMM386 Enable expanded memory
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This is not relevant to Psion computers.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This is not relevant to Psion computers.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EMM386 <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Enable EMM386 expanded memory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ENV Display, set or delete environment variable
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ENV [[var[=[value]]]|[varspec]]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays or sets the value of environment variables, or deletes them.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The set command, which is exactly equivalent, must be used instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. The set command is used instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERASE Delete file(s)
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DEL[ETE] must be used instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERASE [drive:] [path] filespec [/s] [/y]
|
|||
|
|
Deletes the specified file or files.
|
|||
|
|
The command DEL filespec [/s] [/y] is exactly the same as ERASE.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERASE [drive:] [path] filespec [/p]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Deletes the specified file or files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The command DEL filespec [/p] is exactly the same as ERASE.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRLEVEL Display error level
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Display the error level.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
ERRLEVEL
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Display the error level state (TRUE or FALSE).
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRORLEVEL Error level value
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRORLEVEL 18 not a command. It is the status of the last command that was executed.
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRORLEVEL
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Holds the error level value, (it is a Boolean value, TRuE or FALSE). Unlike DOS, Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
commands set ERRORLEVEL as applicable. The general use of ERRORLEVEL is in an IF statement:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF [NOT] ERRORLEVEL command
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Thus, for example, within a batch file, you can test for a directory, as follows:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR \INC
|
|||
|
|
IF ERRORLEVEL MD \INC
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR \INC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRORLEVEL
|
|||
|
|
Holds the error level number (an integer in the range 0 to 255). An example of its use is:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF [NOT] ERRORLEVEL number command
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EXIT Exit level
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EXI[T]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Exits the Command Shell. May be used to terminate second copies of the Command Shell that are no
|
|||
|
|
longer required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the exrT command is typed into the first copy of the Command Shell, the HC will automatically
|
|||
|
|
re-launch a shell process, as explained in the Introduction to the HC chapter of the HC User Reference
|
|||
|
|
manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the rxrT command is found in a batch file, all that happens is that the batch file is terminated, and
|
|||
|
|
control passes back to the previous level of batch file (or to the command line). See the Workabout
|
|||
|
|
Command Processor gurt command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
EXIT
|
|||
|
|
Present a dialog offering options to terminate the Command Processor or cancel the command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On confirmation of an ExT command typed directly into the Command Processor (or of the selection of
|
|||
|
|
the Exit option from the Special menu) the Command Processor is terminated. If there is no other task
|
|||
|
|
running on the machine, the Workabout will then automatically bring the Startup Shell process to
|
|||
|
|
foreground, as explained in the chapter Introduction to the Workabout. If one or more other tasks are
|
|||
|
|
running, the machine will switch tasks to whichever running application was last used.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the rxrT command is executed from a (nested) batch file, all levels of batch processing are terminated
|
|||
|
|
immediately and the confirmation dialog presented. On confirming the rx1tT command, the Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor terminates in the same way as when ex1T is typed directly into the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EXIT
|
|||
|
|
Terminates the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the extT command is found in a batch file, all levels of batch processing are terminated. The Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor terminates in the same way as when ex1T Is typed directly into the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EXPAND Expand a compressed file
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EXPAND <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Expand a compressed file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FASTHELP Get summary Help on command syntax
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. Use HELP [command]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
FASTHELP [command]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
[command] /?
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Gets summary Help as a listing of (all) command(s) and syntax.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS 6 onwards, (it is the same as HELP in MS-DOS 5)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FASTOPEN Start FASTOPEN program
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. This is not relevant to Psion computers.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. This is not relevant to Psion computers.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FASTOPEN <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Starts the FASTOPEN program.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FC Compare two files
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FC <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Compares two files and lists the differences between them. External command, MS-DOS 6 onwards, (c.f.
|
|||
|
|
comp in MS-DOS 5).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FCBS Specify number of file control blocks
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. This is not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. This is not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FCBS <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Specifies the number of file control blocks (FCBs) that can be open at any one time. Used in config.sys
|
|||
|
|
files only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FDISK Partition a hard disk
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. This is not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. This is not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FDISK <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Starts the MS-DOS FDISK program to partition a hard disk. This is an external command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FILES List open files/Specify number of files accessible
|
|||
|
|
This command is completely different for MS-DOS and SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FILES drive:
|
|||
|
|
Returns the names of all open files on the specified drive.
|
|||
|
|
The program using each file, the process number and the full filename including the path are given.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FILES=x
|
|||
|
|
Specifies the number of files MS-DOS can access at one time. Used in config.sys files only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Some networks provide a functionality similar to the Workabout r1Lzes command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FIND Find a text string in a file or files
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FIND <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Searches for a specified text string in a file or files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FOR Run a command for the files in a set
|
|||
|
|
Run a command for each file in a specified set of files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FOR %[%]variable IN (set) DO command [parameters]
|
|||
|
|
The extra % is needed in batch programs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FOR %[%]variable IN (set) DO command [parameters]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The extra s is needed in batch programs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FORMAT Format device
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Formats a disk in the specified drive.
|
|||
|
|
The disk may be labelled with a volume name (label), volname
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
FOR[MAT] [drive:] [volname]
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
FORMAT [drive:] [volname]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the label voiname is not specified, any existing label is retained.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
FORMAT <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the label is not specified, any existing label is deleted.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FREE Display free memory
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FRE [E]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the amount of free RAM in kilobytes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The mem command performs a similar function.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The mem command performs a similar function.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GOTO Jump to label in batch file
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Jump to the label 1abe1 in a batch file. A label in a batch file occurs at the start of a line (preceded by a
|
|||
|
|
colon, :). It is not the same thing as the label mentioned in the rormat and LaBEL command descriptions.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
GOTO label
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GOTO label
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GRAPHICS Load program to allow printing of colour screen
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. The HC has black and white graphics by default.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available. The Workabout has black, grey and white graphics by default.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
GRAPHICS <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Loads a program to allow the printing of information displayed on a colour screen. Used in config. sys files
|
|||
|
|
only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HELP List commands or get help
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
List commands or get help on a specific command.
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HELP [command]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HELP [command]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF Run command conditionally
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A command is run depending on one of three possible specified conditions. See also ERRORLEVEL.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF [not] {ERRORLEVEL | stringl==string2 | EXIST filespec} command [command_parameters]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The file specification can consist of a system and double colon, drive letter and colon, a directory name, a
|
|||
|
|
filename, or a combination of these.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF [not] {ERRORLEVEL nn | stringl==string2 | EXIST [[drive:]path]filename} command
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INSTALL Install memory resident program
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. SIBO computers are multi-tasking, so can have many programs running at the same time.
|
|||
|
|
Use sprogname in a batch file for a similar effect to MS-DOS rnstatt.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. SIBO computers are multi-tasking, so can have many programs running at the same time.
|
|||
|
|
Use the start command in a batch file for a similar same effect to MS-DOS tnstatt.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INSTALL [drive:][path]filename [command-parameters]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Installs a memory resident program when MS-DOS is started up. Can only be used in config.sys files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INTERLNK Connect two computers to share resources
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Use tink and MCLINK or RCom, or PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Use tink and MCLINK or RCom, or PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INTERLNK [client[:]=[server][:]]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Connects two computers using Interlink. MS-DOS 6.0 onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INTERSVR Start the Interlink server
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use tink and MCLINK or RCom, or PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use tinx and MCLINK or RCom, or PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
INTERSVR <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Starts the Interlink server. MS-DOS 6.0 onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KEYB Configure keyboard for language
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Use setpEF to set the keyboard, (or the system interface menu option).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KEYB <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Configures the keyboard for a particular language.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KILL Kill a process
|
|||
|
|
Kills the first process found matching the specification in procname. Emergency use only. See stop.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KIL[L] procname
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KILL procname [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LABEL Add/alter disk volume label
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Creates, changes or deletes the label on an SSD/disk in the specified drive, (using the label name).
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LABEL [drive:] [name]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LABEL [drive:] [name]
|
|||
|
|
LASTDRIVE Specify maximum number of drives
|
|||
|
|
LDEV List device drivers
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Lists all specified logical and physical device drivers.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LDEV [device_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There are separate commands to list logical and physical device drivers, LLpDEV and LPDEV.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The mem command provides a similar function.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LH Load program into upper memory
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LH <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Load a program into the upper memory area, or into a specified region or regions of upper memory. This
|
|||
|
|
is the same as LOADHIGH.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LLDEV List logical device drivers
|
|||
|
|
Lists all specified logical device drivers.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The tpEv command lists both physical and logical device drivers.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LLDEV [device_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The list includes all ROM-resident device drivers, as well as external ones that are currently loaded.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The mem command provides a similar function.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LOADFIX Load and run program above first 64K block
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LOADFIX <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Loads a program into memory above the first 64KB block of conventional memory, and runs it.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LOADHIGH Load program into upper memory
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LOADHIGH <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Loads a program into the upper memory area, or into a specified region or regions of upper memory. This
|
|||
|
|
is the same as LH.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LOWBAT Configure low battery warnings
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
LOW[BAT] state
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If state is on, the HC will check, each time the HC is switched on, for either of the batteries being low.
|
|||
|
|
On detecting a low battery, the HC will issue a warning. This will be in the form of an information
|
|||
|
|
message in the bottom right-hand corner of the screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If state is orF, this behaviour will not take place. This is the default.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. On detecting a low battery when switched on, the Workabout will issue a warning. This
|
|||
|
|
will be in the form of an information message in the bottom right-hand corner of the screen. There is no
|
|||
|
|
command to switch this behaviour off. Use Shift-Ctrl-B for battery information at any time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPDEV List physical device drivers
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Lists all specified physical device drivers.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The Lpzv command lists both physical and logical device drivers.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPDEV [device_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The list includes all ROM-resident device drivers, as well as external ones that are currently loaded.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The mem command provides a similar function.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPROC List processes
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Lists information about all specified processes.
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPR[OC] [process_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LPROC [process_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This command is identical to that on the HC, except that the information is displayed slightly differently,
|
|||
|
|
(e.g. the number of matching processes is given).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The mem command provides a similar function.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LSEG List segments
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Lists all memory segments currently in use by the specified process(es).
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LSE[G] [process_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LSEG [process_spec]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This command is identical to that on the HC, except that the information is displayed slightly differently,
|
|||
|
|
(e.g. the number of matches found is given).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MASTER Display time and date of mastering
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MAS [TER]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the time and date when the ROM was mastered.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. This command is not relevant since the ROM cannot be reprogrammed. the time and date
|
|||
|
|
of mastering is given, however, by the ver command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MD Make directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Make a directory. This command is almost identical on all three types of machine.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MD [system::] [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A trailing backslash can be used in the path component.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MD [system::] [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A trailing backslash can be used in the path component.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MD [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A trailing backslash cannot be used in the path component.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MEM Display free memory
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The identical rREz command must be used instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MEM
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the amount of free RAM in kilobytes that is available to programs. More detailed information on
|
|||
|
|
memory usage is available from the "Memory info" option of the "Info" menu in the System Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MEM <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the amount of free and used RAM in kilobytes, or more specific aspects of memory usage.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MEMMAKER Optimise computer's memory
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MEMMAKER <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Optimises the computer's memory usage.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MENUCOLOR Set startup menu colours
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout has a built-in menu system..
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MENUCOLOR <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets the foreground and background colours for the startup menu. Can only be used in config.sys files.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS 6.0 onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MENUDEFAULT Set startup menu item and timeout
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout has a built-in menu system.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MENUDEFAULT <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets the default highlighted item on the startup menu, and the timeout. Can only be used in config.sys
|
|||
|
|
files. MS-DOS 6.0 onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MENUITEM Define startup menu item
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout has a built-in menu system.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MENUITEM <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Defines an item on the startup menu. Can only be used in config.sys files. MS-DOS 6.0 onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MKDIR Make directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Makes a directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The identical my command must be used instead.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MKDIR [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A trailing backslash can be used in the path component.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MKDIR [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A trailing backslash cannot be used in the path component.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MODE Configure system devices
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The n1nk command and Communications Scripts can perform similar functions.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The t1nk command and Communications Scripts can perform similar functions.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MODE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Configure system devices.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MORE Display output one screenful at a time
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-Left key combination is used to pause output in the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Workabout Command Processor pauses automatically after each screenful of output, except during
|
|||
|
|
batch file execution.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MORE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays output one screenful at a time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MOVE Move file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A combination of copy and pe must be used.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A combination of copy and pEL must be used.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MOVE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Moves a file or files to a specified location.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MSAV Scan for viruses
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MSAV <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Scans for viruses.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MSBACKUP Run backup program
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The MCLINK, RCom and PsiWin programs all include backup and restore facilities.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The MCLINK, RCom and PsiWin programs all include backup and restore facilities.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MSBACKUP <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Runs the Microsoft Backup for MS-DOS program to backup or restore files, (MS-DOS 6.0).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MSCDEX Provide CD-ROM access
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
The MCLINK, RCom and PsiWin programs all include remote file access facilities.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
The MCLINK, RCom and PsiWin programs all include remote file access facilities.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MSCDEX <etc>
|
|||
|
|
Provides access to CD-ROM drives.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MSD Provide technical details
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
MSD <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Provides technical details about your computer.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
NLSFUNC Load country-specific information
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The language data file may be changed by using the conric command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The characters available from the keyboard may be changed by defining the keyboard to use via the
|
|||
|
|
SETDEF command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
NLSFUNC <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Loads country-specific information for national language support (NLS).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
NOTIFY Control whether the Notifier appears
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
NOT[IFY] state
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Controls whether the Notifier ever appears as a result of a file operation carried out by the Command
|
|||
|
|
Shell.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
A notifier always appears when required.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
NUMLOCK Start with Num Lock on/off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
NUMLOCK [ON|OFF]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Specifies whether the Num Lock key is ON or OFF when the computer starts. Can only be used in
|
|||
|
|
config. sys files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
OFFENABLE Enable off-key handling
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
OFFE[NABLE] value
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If value is 0, the Command Shell gives up its capture of the OFF key, thereby allowing other applications
|
|||
|
|
to capture this key to do their own processing of it.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If value is any non-zero number, the Command Shell attempts to capture the OFF key again.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
The Window Server always captures the Off key.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PATH Specify search path for executable files
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SIBO computers have built in search routines for executable files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SIBO computers have built in search routines for executable files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PATH <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Specifies or displays the search path for executable files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PAUSE Suspend batch file processing
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Suspend batch file processing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PAUSE [text]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Any associated message may be given in the text.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PAUSE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A "Press any key to continue" message is displayed, but a separate EcHo statement is needed to display any
|
|||
|
|
other associated message. MS-DOS 5.0 onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
POWER Power saving set/display/on/off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Power saving features are an integral part of SIBO machines. See the auto command, etc.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Power saving features are an integral part of SIBO machines. See the setpEF command,.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
POWER <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Turns power-saving on and off, displays power saving status and sets power saving parameters.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PRINT Print text file in background
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Other processes (tasks) may print while the Command Processor is being used.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Other processes (tasks) may print while the Command Processor is being used.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PRINT <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Prints a text file as a background activity.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PROMPT Change command prompt
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Restricted screen size limits the practical size for the prompt.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Restricted screen size limits the practical size for the prompt.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PROMPT [text]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Changes the appearance of the command prompt.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
QBASIC Run QBasic language
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. An OPL program editor and translator is provided in the ROM as standard, (see EDIT).
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
QBASIC <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Runs the MS-DOS QBasic language interpreter.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
QUIT Exit current batch file only
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
QUIT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Exits the current batch file only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Use Goto 1abe1 where :1abe1 1s the last line of the batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RD Remove directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RD [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RD [drive:]path [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Deletes a directory, including any files in it (and subdirectories).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RD [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Deletes an empty directory only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REASON Get the cause of the last system shutdown
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. A message is, however, displayed automatically on switch-on after a system shutdown.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REASON
|
|||
|
|
Returns a code indicating the cause of the last system shutdown.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REM Comment (remark) in batch file
|
|||
|
|
Comment (remark) in a batch file.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REM [text]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A semicolon (; ) cannot be used instead of rem.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REM [text]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
A semicolon (; ) can be used instead of rem in config.sys files, but not batch files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REN{AME} Rename file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Changes the name of a file or files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REN[AME] [drive:] [path]filenamel filename2
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REN [drive:] [path]filenamel filename2
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RENAME [drive:] [path]filenamel filename2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
or
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REN [drive:][path]filenamel filename2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REPLACE Replace file(s)
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
REPLACE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Replaces the files in one directory with those of the same name from another directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RESTORE Restore file(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Files are restored from a PC using MCLINK, RCom or PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Files are restored from a PC using MCLINK, RCom or PsiWin.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RESTORE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Restores backed up files from one disk to another, (MS-DOS 2.0 to 5.0).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RESUME Resume a suspended process
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RES [UME] procname
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Resumes the previously suspended process procname.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RMDIR Remove directory
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The rp command must be used instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RMDIR [drive:]path [/y]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Deletes a directory, including any files in it (and subdirectories).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RMDIR [drive:]path
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Deletes an empty directory only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SCANDISK Analyse/repair disk(s)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Not relevant to SSDs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Not relevant to SSDs.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B - 31
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SCANDISK <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Runs the Microsoft ScanDisk program to analyse a disk or disks and repair any errors.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SET Set default path/environment variables
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This command does completely different things on each machine.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SET path
|
|||
|
|
Sets the system-wide default path.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SET [[var[=[value]]]|[varspec]]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays or sets the value of, or deletes, environment variables.
|
|||
|
|
Equivalent to env on the HC.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is no single command to set the default path on the Workabout. The drive letter followed by a colon
|
|||
|
|
should be used to set the current drive in the Command Processor or batch files , and the CD command to
|
|||
|
|
change the current directory.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SET [var=[string] ]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays or sets the value of, or deletes, environment variables.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SETDATE Set date and time
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SETD[ATE] dd/mm/yy hh:mm:ss
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets the date and time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Date and time must be set from the menu of the Command Processor or System Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Date and time must be set using the patz and trmz commands.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SETDEF Alter system settings
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The machine configuration is set using the AUTO, BACKLIGHT, BATTERY, CONFIG, LOWBAT, NOTIFY,
|
|||
|
|
OFFENABLE and wnotiry commands. The configurability is completely different for the HC.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SETDEF [AMnn] [ABnn] [DDMY | DMDy | DYMD] [Dn] [KO | K1] [s+ | S-] [112 | 124] [TS+ | TS-]
|
|||
|
|
Alter system settings, (which are otherwise set by menu options).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Date and time formats are set in the country file, using the country command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B - 32
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SETVER Report MS-DOS version or display/update version table
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SETVER <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the MS-DOS version table. Reports a version number (earlier than the installed version) to
|
|||
|
|
programs or device drivers. Allows the version table to be updated.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SHARE Install file sharing and locking
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Built into the EPOC Operating System of all SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Built into the EPOC Operating System of all SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SHARE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Installs file sharing and locking capabilities on local and/or network drives.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SHELL Specify command interpreter
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Alternative command processors can be installed on HC machines - see the Customising an HC section of
|
|||
|
|
the Introduction to the HC chapter of the HC Programmers Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Alternative command processors can be installed on Workabout machines - see the Customising a
|
|||
|
|
Workabout section of the Introduction to the Workabout chapter of the Workabout Programmers
|
|||
|
|
Reference manual.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SHELL <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Specifies the name and location of the command interpreter to use. Can only be used in config. sys files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT Shift batch file parameters
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Moves the replaceable parameters of a batch file one position to the left. Thus 1 becomes s0, s9 becomes
|
|||
|
|
$8, etc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SMARTDRV Setup/configure disk cache/buffering
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Not relevant to SIBO machines using SSDs and RAMdrives.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Not relevant to SIBO machines using SSDs and RAMdrives.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SMARTDRV <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sets up or configures MS-DOS SMARTDrive which creates a disk cache in extended memory, or
|
|||
|
|
performs double buffering.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SORT Read, sort and write data
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SORT <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Reads input, sorts data and writes output to screen a file or another device.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
START Start a process asynchronously
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Processes are started asynchronously by simply entering their name,
|
|||
|
|
(unless preceded by &).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
START procname
|
|||
|
|
Launch the given process and return immediately.
|
|||
|
|
Starts the first process found matching the specification in procname, (asynchronously).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. MS-DOS is not multitasking.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
STOP Stop a process
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. This is identical to TER {mINATE] on the HC, except that TER[MINATE] only stops the first
|
|||
|
|
process matching the specification.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
STOP procname [/y]
|
|||
|
|
Terminates the named process or processes matching the specification in procname.
|
|||
|
|
If the /y flag is used, no confirmation is asked for. This is intended for use in batch files.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B - 34
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SUBMENU Specify startup menu item as a submenu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. The Workabout has a built-in menu system.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SUBMENU <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Specifies an item in the startup menu as giving a submenu when selected. Can only be used in config.sys
|
|||
|
|
files. MS-DOS 6.0 onwards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SUBST Associate path with drive letter
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SUBST <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Associates a path with a drive letter.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SUSPEND Suspend a process
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SUS[PEND] procname
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Suspends the first process found matching the specification in procname.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SYS Make a startup disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not relevant to SIBO machines.
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
SYS <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Creates a boot disk containing hidden system files, the command processor, etc.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TERMINATE Terminate a process
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TER[MINATE] procname
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Terminates the first process found matching the specification in procname.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. Replaced by:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
STOP procname
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B - 35
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This is identical to TER[mMINATE] on the HC, except that all processes matching the specification procname
|
|||
|
|
are terminated.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. MS-DOS is not multitasking.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TIME Display/(set) time
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. pate displays both the current system date and time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TIME
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the current time, in the default format, or that specified by the most recent seTDEF or menu
|
|||
|
|
command. Time must be set via the menu system.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TIME [hours: [minutes[:seconds[.hundredths]]][A|P]]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the system time or sets your computer's internal clock.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TREE Display directory graphically
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TREE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays a directory graphically.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TYPE Type a text file
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Prints a text or batch file to the screen.
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
TY[PE] filename
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is no provision for the display to pause itself automatically. However, the user can pause the display
|
|||
|
|
at any time, in the usual way, by pressing PSION-LEFT.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TYPE filename
|
|||
|
|
The display pauses itself automatically after each screen full of text.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TYPE filename
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
UNDELETE Restore deleted files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX B - COMMAND PROCESSOR DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
UNDELETE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Restores files previously deleted using the pEL or ERASE command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
UNFORMAT Restore a formatted disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
UNFORMAT <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Restores a disk previously erased by using the rormMat command.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VER Display software version numbers
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
VER[SION]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the (EPOC) Operating System version number, the (HC) ROM version number, and the
|
|||
|
|
(Command) Shell version number.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VER
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the (Workabout) ROM version number, the date and time that the ROM was mastered, the
|
|||
|
|
(EPOC) Operating System version number, the Shell version number and the Command Processor version
|
|||
|
|
number.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VER
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the MS-DOS version number.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VERIFY Turn disk write verification on/off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VERIFY [ON|OFF]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Switches disk write operation verification on or off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VOL Display the disk volume label etc
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
VOL [system::] [drive:]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the system, drive, volume label, media type, free space and total space for the disk volume in the
|
|||
|
|
current or specified drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B - 37
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VOL [drive:]
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays the volume label and serial number of the disk volume in the current or specified drive.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VSAFE Continuously check for viruses
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
VSAFE <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Continuously monitors the computer for viruses.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WAIT Wait for a process to complete
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Wait until a process completes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WAI [T]
|
|||
|
|
The process cannot be named.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WAIT [procname]
|
|||
|
|
A process name may be given if required.
|
|||
|
|
Suspends the Command Processor until the applicable process completes.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported. MS-DOS is not multitasking.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WNOTIFY Configure Notifier appearance
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WNO[TIFY] state
|
|||
|
|
Configures the appearance of the Notifier.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
XCOPY Copy directories, subdirectories and files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
HC Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not available.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Use copy /s.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
XCOPY <etc>
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Copies directories, their subdirectories and the files in those subdirectories.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX C
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
THE SERIES 3A/3C SYSTEM SCREEN AND THE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT SYSTEM SCREEN AND COMMAND
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
PROCESSOR MENUS
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Introduction
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
About this appendix
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This appendix compares the Psion Series 3a/3c System Screen with the options of the Workabout System
|
|||
|
|
Screen and the Workabout Command Processor menus. Where relevant related Psion HC and Psion Siena
|
|||
|
|
features are also included. It is provided to highlight the differences between the machines so that
|
|||
|
|
developers may easily adapt to working with (and designing user interfaces for) the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Principal differences centre on:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
restricted screen size
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
different keyboard
|
|||
|
|
backlight
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ports
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sound
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
built in applications
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
menu names need to be abbreviated
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
less options can be fitted on each menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
the analogue clock is too big for the Workabout and Siena Status/Info windows
|
|||
|
|
icons are too big for the Workabout status window
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
certain keys are not present (Diamond, Icon buttons)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
not present on the Series 3a or Siena, available on Series 3c variant
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
the Workabout can have several ports
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
the Series 3a/3c has digital sound recording and playback
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
the Time and World applications are not present on the Workabout, (Data, Calc,
|
|||
|
|
Sheet, Program, RunOpl, Comms, Script and RunImg applications are present)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Note that the Workabout Command Processor is only mentioned where relevant since it has only a small
|
|||
|
|
number of menus, menu options and corresponding hotkeys.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Hotkeys
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
When assigning "hotkeys" ("accelerators") to certain key combinations in the applications that you write it
|
|||
|
|
is important to note the differences that exist between the Psion HC, the Series 3a/3c, Siena and the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-A Assign button/Set auto switch off times
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
mt
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-A hotkey brings up the 'Assign button to "Icon_button
|
|||
|
|
name above one of the Series 3a/3c icon buttons.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
dialog, where "Icon_button" is the
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is no "Assign button" option on the 'File’ menu. The Psion-A hotkey brings up the "Set auto switch
|
|||
|
|
off times" dialog instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-B/Shift-Ctrl-B Battery info
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-B hotkey brings up the 'Battery info' dialog in the System Screen only.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-B hotkey does nothing. For battery information Shift-Ctrl-B can be used at any time.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-D Dialling
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-D hotkey brings up the 'Dial settings’ dialog, (not present on the Siena).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-D hotkey does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-E “Evaluate” format
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-E hotkey brings up the 'Set "Evaluate" format’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-E hotkey does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-F Format disk/Time and date format
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-F hotkey brings up the 'Format disk’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-F hotkey brings up the 'Format disk’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-F hotkey brings up the 'Set date and time formats’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX C - MENU DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-F Number formats/Time and date format
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-F hotkey brings up the 'Set number formats’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-F hotkey brings up the 'Set date and time formats’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-F hotkey does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-G Create new group
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-G hotkey brings up the 'Create new group’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-G hotkey does nothing. New application groups cannot be created on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-K Disc info/Toggle keyboard
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-K brings up the 'Disk info’ window.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-K brings up the 'Disk info’ window.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-K hotkey toggles between ‘Standard keyboard' and 'Special keyboard’. The text for this option
|
|||
|
|
in the associated menu changes accordingly.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-N Give 'Normal' system screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-N hotkey switches the System Screen to 'Normal' mode without the 'Memory used' bar at
|
|||
|
|
the bottom.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-N does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-M Give 'Memory' system screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-M hotkey switches the System Screen to 'Memory' mode with the 'Memory used" bar
|
|||
|
|
displayed at the bottom.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-M does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-O Auto switch off
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-O hotkey brings up the 'Set auto switch off times’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-O does nothing, (Psion-A is used instead).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-P Set owner information
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-P hotkey brings up the 'Set owner information’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-P hotkey does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-S Set the sound
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-S hotkey brings up the 'Set the sound’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-S hotkey brings up the 'Set the sound’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The ‘Alarm sounds' option is not present because the Workabout does not have digital sound capabilities,
|
|||
|
|
unlike the Series 3a/3c.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Time:Psion-S/Shift-Psion-S Set summer time
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To set the summer time on/off the hotkey is Psion-S within the Time application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-S hotkey does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To set the summer time on/off the hotkey is Shift-Psion-S (there is no Time application).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-S hotkey brings up the 'Set summer time’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-T Set file attributes/Set time and date
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-T hotkey brings up the 'Set file attributes’ dialog. (Note that the Psion-T hotkey brings up the
|
|||
|
|
‘Set time and date’ dialog in the Time application.)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
There is no 'Set file attributes' option on the 'File' menu. The Psion-T hotkey brings up the 'Set time and
|
|||
|
|
date’ dialog instead.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-T hotkey brings up the 'Set time and date’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-U Usage monitor/Update lists
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-U hotkey brings up the 'Usage monitor’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-U hotkey updates the lists of files displayed under each application icon.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-V About Series 3a/3c/Versions
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-V hotkey brings up the Series 3a/3c copyright screen, which shows the EPOC O/S version
|
|||
|
|
number.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX C - MENU DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-V hotkey brings up the 'Software versions’ window, which shows the ROM version number, the
|
|||
|
|
date and time the ROM was mastered, and the EPOC O/S version.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-V About application
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-V hotkey brings up the 'About"Application_name" window for the currently highlighted
|
|||
|
|
application (with the name "Application_name").
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
The Shift-Psion-V hotkey does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-W Password/Toggle wrap
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-W hotkey brings up the 'Set password’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-W hotkey does nothing. A system password cannot be set on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-W hotkey toggles between 'Wrap on' and 'Wrap off. Word wrap is only applicable to the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout's restricted screen within the Command Processor.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-X Exit
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-X hotkey does nothing in the System Screen. The system Screen cannot be exited and is always
|
|||
|
|
a running process.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-X hotkey brings up the 'Exit System Screen’ dialog. The System Screen can be exited, since
|
|||
|
|
there is always at least one other process running (the Startup Shell).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Y Printer
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-Y hotkey brings up the 'Printer configuration’ window.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-Y hotkey does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Diamond/Psion-Space Caps lock on/off
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-Diamond hotkey switches Caps Lock on and off.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-Space hotkey switches Caps Lock on and off, (there is no Diamond key). this is actually
|
|||
|
|
implemented in the Startup Shell process which runs in the background, so it applies to any application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab/Shift-Psion-Tab Display full path in file-related dialogs
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
To display the full path in file-related dialogs, Psion-Tab or Shift-Psion-Tab may be pressed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
To display the full path in file-related dialogs, Shift-Psion-Tab must be pressed.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab is used for task switching - see below.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-+ / Psion-> Make directory
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-+ hotkey brings up the ‘Make directory’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-+ hotkey brings up the ‘Make directory’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-> hotkey brings up the ‘Make directory’ dialog, (Psion-+ only available via numeric keypad).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-- / Psion-< Remove directory
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-- hotkey brings up the ‘Remove directory’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-- hotkey brings up the ‘Remove directory’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-< hotkey brings up the ‘Remove directory’ dialog, (Psion--, [Psion-Minus], is allocated to
|
|||
|
|
“Remove application’).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-/ / Psion-- Remove application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-/ hotkey brings up the ‘Remove “App” application’ dialog, where “App” is the currently
|
|||
|
|
highlighted application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-/ hotkey brings up the ‘Remove “App” application’ dialog, where “App” is the currently
|
|||
|
|
highlighted application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-- hotkey (Psion-Minus) brings up the ‘Remove “App” application’ dialog, where “App” is the
|
|||
|
|
currently highlighted application, (Psion-Fn-D would be too awkward).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-O Control menu
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Does nothing.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The Psion-O hotkey brings up the ‘Control’ menu, (the screen is too narrow to fit this on the main menu
|
|||
|
|
bar).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX C - MENU DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Switch task
|
|||
|
|
Psion HC
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
TASK switches forwards one task.
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT-TASK switches backwards one task.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-System (icon button) switches forwards one task.
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-System switches backwards one task.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen and Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab is used for task switching (forwards only).
|
|||
|
|
On the Series 3a/3c this accelerator is used to display the full path in file-related dialogs..
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On the Workabout Shift-Psion-Tab is used to display the full path in file-related dialogs, and does not
|
|||
|
|
switch backwards one task.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SS —_____————____________________________
|
|||
|
|
Menus
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Some menu options that are present on the Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen are not present on the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, are on a different menu, or have a slightly different functionality.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
File menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Copy file Brings up the 'Copy file’ dialog, with 'Subdirectories' and "Modified only' choices
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
File attributes Brings up the 'Set file attributes’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Backup files The 'File’ choice list allows 'All’ or Modified since last backup’.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Copy file Brings up the 'Copy file' dialog, which does not have 'Subdirectories' and 'Modified
|
|||
|
|
only' choices, (restricted screen height).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
File attributes Not present.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Backup files The 'File' choice list allows ‘All’ or 'Since last backup’, (shortened to fit in window).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Disk menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Default disk Brings up the 'Set default disk’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Default disk Not present (this option is on the 'Control' menu).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Apps menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
mt
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Assign button Brings up the '"Assign button to "Icon_button" dialog,
|
|||
|
|
where "Icon_button" is the name above one of the Series 3a/3c icon buttons.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Assign button Not present (there are no icon buttons on the Workabout).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Info menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The differences are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set owner
|
|||
|
|
Disk info
|
|||
|
|
Battery info
|
|||
|
|
Usage monitor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
About Series
|
|||
|
|
3a/3c
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
About application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Versions
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set owner information’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
Displays Disk A , Internal disk I and Disk B.
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Battery info' window.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Usage monitor’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the Psion Series 3a/3c startup screen, giving the Epoc/OS version number
|
|||
|
|
and copyright dates.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up a window of information about the currently highlighted application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present, (see 'About Series 3a/3c' above).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Update lists
|
|||
|
|
Disk info
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set owner
|
|||
|
|
Battery info
|
|||
|
|
Usage monitor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
About Series
|
|||
|
|
3a/3c
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
About application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Versions
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
(In the Series 3a/3c and Siena ‘Set preferences’ dialog)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays Disk A , Internal disk I and Disk B.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present. Owner details cannot be set on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present. Battery information is obtained by pressing Shift-Ctrl-B.
|
|||
|
|
Not present. There is no usage monitor on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present, (see 'Versions' below).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The ‘Software versions' window is presented, giving the ROM version number, date
|
|||
|
|
and time of mastering, and the Epoc/OS version number. This, along with the
|
|||
|
|
copyright screen in the Startup Shell, replaces the 'About Series 3a/3c’ option of the
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/3c.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set owner
|
|||
|
|
Disk info
|
|||
|
|
Battery info
|
|||
|
|
Usage monitor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
About Siena
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
About application
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Versions
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set owner information’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Displays Disk A (external drive) and Internal disk I only.
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Battery info' window.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Usage monitor’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the Psion Siena startup screen, giving the Epoc/OS version number and
|
|||
|
|
copyright dates.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up a window of information about the currently highlighted application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present, (see ‘About Siena’ above).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Control menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The differences are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sound
|
|||
|
|
Printer
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Auto switch off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Dialling
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set the sound’ dialog, which includes an 'Alarm sounds' choice.
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Printer configuration’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set auto switch of' dialog - there are no backlight choices for the Series
|
|||
|
|
3a/3c where a backlight not present, (options present for backlit Series 3c variant).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Dial settings’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
"Evaluate"
|
|||
|
|
format
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Number formats
|
|||
|
|
Set time and date
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Time and date
|
|||
|
|
format
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Status window
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Default disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX C - MENU DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the ‘Set "Evaluate" format’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set number formats’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
Not present - set from the Time application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - set from the Time application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Status window display’ window - the 'Clock type’ can be Digital or
|
|||
|
|
Analog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - this option is on the 'Control' menu..
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The name of this menu is abbreviated to 'Ctrl'.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sound
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Printer
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Auto switch off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
‘Dialling’ option
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
"Evaluate"
|
|||
|
|
format
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Number formats
|
|||
|
|
Set time and date
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Time and date
|
|||
|
|
format
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Status window
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Default disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set the sound’ dialog - there is no 'Alarm sounds' choice, (the
|
|||
|
|
Workabout does not have digital sound capabilities).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set auto switch of times' dialog, which has three choices for the
|
|||
|
|
backlight.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - moved to the 'Set preferences’ option of the 'Special' menu.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - moved to the 'Set preferences’ option of the ‘Special’ menu..
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set time and date dialog’.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set time and date dialog’.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Status window display’ window - there is no 'Clock type’ choice (only a
|
|||
|
|
Digital clock is allowed).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set default disk’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This menu contains ‘Sound’, 'Auto switch off and ‘Special keyboard’ options only. The 'Special keyboard'
|
|||
|
|
option is implemented as a choice in the 'Preferences' option of the 'Spec' menu in the Workabout System
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Screen.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Accessed from the ‘Special’ menu by using the ‘Control...’ option.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Sound
|
|||
|
|
Printer
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Auto switch off
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Dialling
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
"Evaluate"
|
|||
|
|
format
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Number formats
|
|||
|
|
Set time and date
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Time and date
|
|||
|
|
format
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set the sound’ dialog, which includes an 'Alarm sounds' choice.
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Printer configuration’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set auto switch of' dialog - there are no backlight choices for the Siena
|
|||
|
|
(a backlight is not present).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - the Siena has a piezo buzzer, not a speaker.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set "Evaluate" format’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set number formats’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
Not present - set from the Time application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - set from the Time application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Info window
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Default disk
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Info window display’ window - there are no 'Clock type’ or ‘Disk
|
|||
|
|
indicators’ options because the Info window is too narrow, (it is otherwise identical to
|
|||
|
|
the Series 3a/3c Status window).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - this option is on the 'Control' menu..
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Special menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The differences are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set preferences
|
|||
|
|
Password
|
|||
|
|
Remote link /
|
|||
|
|
Communications
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Tips
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Exit
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set preferences’ dialog, which includes an ‘Update lists' choice.
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set password' dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Remote link’ dialog - there is no 'Port' choice since the Series 3a/3c
|
|||
|
|
only has one port. (Note that the option is called Communications on the Series 3c
|
|||
|
|
and there is a ‘Power setting’ option, for Low and High Infrared power levels.).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
On Series 3c only - to control whether a Tip is displayed when the machine is
|
|||
|
|
switched on.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - the system Screen cannot be exited and is always a running process.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The name of this menu is abbreviated to ‘Spec’.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set preferences
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Password
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Remote link
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Create new group
|
|||
|
|
Tips
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Exit
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set preferences’ dialog, which does not include an ‘Update lists'
|
|||
|
|
choice, but has the "Number formats’ and '"Evaluate" format’ choices (on the Control
|
|||
|
|
menu of the Series 3a/3c and Siena), plus a 'keyboard' choice to swap between
|
|||
|
|
Standard and Special keyboards.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - you cannot set a system password on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Remote link’ dialog - there is a 'Port' choice since the Workabout can
|
|||
|
|
be fitted with several ports. (Note that there is no ‘Power setting’ option, because
|
|||
|
|
there is no Infrared communications. )
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - you cannot create groups on the Workabout.
|
|||
|
|
Not present.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Exit System Screen' dialog. The System Screen can be exited, since
|
|||
|
|
there is always at least one other process running (the Startup Shell).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This menu contains 'Remote link’, 'Wrap on/off’, 'Zoom in’, "Zoom out’ and 'Exit' options only. The "Wrap
|
|||
|
|
on/off option is not implemented anywhere in the Workabout System Screen menus. Because it toggles
|
|||
|
|
word wrap on and off, the text for this option changes from 'Wrap on' to 'Wrap off accordingly.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Control...
|
|||
|
|
Set preferences
|
|||
|
|
Password
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Communications
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Tips
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Exit
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the Control menu, (which is not present on the menu bar).
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set preferences’ dialog, which includes an 'Update lists' choice.
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the 'Set password' dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Brings up the ‘Communications’ dialog - there is no 'Port' choice since the Siena only
|
|||
|
|
has one port. There is a ‘Power setting’ option, for Low and High Infrared power
|
|||
|
|
levels. (Note that the option is called ‘Remote link’ on the Series 3a and Workabout.)
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
To control whether a Tip is displayed when the machine is switched on.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Not present - the system Screen cannot be exited and is always a running process.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
APPENDIX C - MENU DIFFERENCES
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
‘Diamond’ menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The differences are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Normal Switches the System Screen to not show the 'Memory used' bar at the bottom.
|
|||
|
|
Memory Switches the System Screen to show the 'Memory used' bar at the bottom.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This menu is not present, (there is no Diamond key, and the screen is of restricted height).
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Time menu
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
The differences are:
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Series 3a/3c and Siena System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This menu is not present. The "Time and date’, ‘Summer times' and 'Formats' options are in the menus for
|
|||
|
|
the Time application.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout System Screen
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This menu is not present. The 'Set time and date’ and 'Time and date format’ options are in the 'Ctrl'
|
|||
|
|
menu. 'Summer time' is incorporated as a choice in the 'Set time and date’ dialog.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout Command Processor
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
This menu contains "Time and date’, ‘Summer time’ and 'Formats' options.
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INDEX
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
.btf files
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-2
|
|||
|
|
add files
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-7
|
|||
|
|
APPEND
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-3
|
|||
|
|
applications
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
Apps menu
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-7
|
|||
|
|
asynchronous programs
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-4
|
|||
|
|
ATTRIB
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-9
|
|||
|
|
ATTRIB{UTE}
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-3
|
|||
|
|
AUTO
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-4
|
|||
|
|
autoexec file
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-5
|
|||
|
|
autoexec. btf
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-2
|
|||
|
|
backlight
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
BACKLIGHT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-4
|
|||
|
|
BACKUP
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-4
|
|||
|
|
bar code reader
|
|||
|
|
conversion of HC reader for Workabout,
|
|||
|
|
A-5
|
|||
|
|
batch file processing
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-3
|
|||
|
|
batch files
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
command processor - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-2
|
|||
|
|
BATCHK
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-4
|
|||
|
|
BATTERY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-5
|
|||
|
|
battery pack
|
|||
|
|
Workabout docking station slot, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
BREAK
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-5
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
buzzer
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
C$P$
|
|||
|
|
environment variable Workabout, 2-11
|
|||
|
|
C$P@
|
|||
|
|
environment variable Workabout, 2-10
|
|||
|
|
C$PE£
|
|||
|
|
environment variable Workabout, 2-11
|
|||
|
|
C$PA to C$PZ
|
|||
|
|
environment variable Workabout, 2-11
|
|||
|
|
CALC
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-5
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-9
|
|||
|
|
CALL
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-5
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-9
|
|||
|
|
CD
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-6
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-10
|
|||
|
|
CHCP
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-6
|
|||
|
|
CHDIR
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-6
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-10
|
|||
|
|
CHKDSK
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-7
|
|||
|
|
CHOICE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-7
|
|||
|
|
clocks
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
CLS
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-7
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-10
|
|||
|
|
cold reset
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
COMMAND
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-7
|
|||
|
|
command line editor
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-5
|
|||
|
|
command processor
|
|||
|
|
alphabetic listing Workabout, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
batch files - HC - Workabout and MS-DOS,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
commands - HC - Workabout and MS-
|
|||
|
|
DOS, B-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
differences - HC - Workabout and MS-
|
|||
|
|
DOS, B-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
directories - HC - Workabout and MS-DOS,
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
B-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file and directory names - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file name wildcards - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-2
|
|||
|
|
help - HC - Workabout and MS-DOS, B-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
launching programs - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-2
|
|||
|
|
memory resident programs - HC -
|
|||
|
|
Workabout and MS-DOS, B-3
|
|||
|
|
syntax restrictions Workabout, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-2, 1-9, 3-1
|
|||
|
|
command processor menus
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-1
|
|||
|
|
command shell
|
|||
|
|
see also command processor, B-1
|
|||
|
|
command syntax
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
commands
|
|||
|
|
command processor - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-1
|
|||
|
|
COMMS
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-8
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-10
|
|||
|
|
communications ports
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
COMP
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-8
|
|||
|
|
CONFIG
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-8
|
|||
|
|
connecting
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-11
|
|||
|
|
Workabout hardware, 1-11
|
|||
|
|
Workabout software, 1-11
|
|||
|
|
Control menu
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c System Screen, C-8
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen, C-9
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor, C-9
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-9
|
|||
|
|
COPY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-8
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-11
|
|||
|
|
COUNTRY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-9
|
|||
|
|
cradle
|
|||
|
|
docking station Workabout, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
CTTY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-9
|
|||
|
|
customising
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
Workabout hardware, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
Workabout software, 1-11
|
|||
|
|
D
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-9
|
|||
|
|
DATA
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-9
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-11
|
|||
|
|
data integrity
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-6
|
|||
|
|
DATE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-12
|
|||
|
|
DBLSPACE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-10
|
|||
|
|
DEBUG
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-11
|
|||
|
|
DEFRAG
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-11
|
|||
|
|
DEL
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-12
|
|||
|
|
DEL[ETE]
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-11
|
|||
|
|
DELTREE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-12
|
|||
|
|
DEVICE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-12
|
|||
|
|
Diamond menu
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-11
|
|||
|
|
DIR
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-12
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-12
|
|||
|
|
directories
|
|||
|
|
command processor - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-2
|
|||
|
|
directory current
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
Disk menu
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-7
|
|||
|
|
DISKCOMP
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-13
|
|||
|
|
DISKCOPY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-13
|
|||
|
|
docking station
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
Workabout specification, A-10
|
|||
|
|
DOSKEY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-13
|
|||
|
|
DOSSHELL
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-13
|
|||
|
|
ECHO
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-14
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-13
|
|||
|
|
EDIT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-14
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-13
|
|||
|
|
EMM386
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-14
|
|||
|
|
ENV
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-14
|
|||
|
|
environment variable
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
C$P$ - Workabout, 2-11
|
|||
|
|
C$P@ - Workabout, 2-10
|
|||
|
|
C$PE£ - Workabout, 2-11
|
|||
|
|
C$PA to C$PZ - Workabout, 2-11
|
|||
|
|
S$SVER - Workabout, 2-10
|
|||
|
|
Workabout specific, 2-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERASE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-15
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-14
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRLEVEL
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-15
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-14
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRORLEVEL
|
|||
|
|
keyword - command processor, B-15
|
|||
|
|
keyword differences - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-15
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
events
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EXIT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-16
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-14
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
EXPAND
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-16
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
expansion ports
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FASTHELP
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-16
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FASTOPEN
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-17
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FC
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-17
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FCBS
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-17
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FDISK
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-17
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file and directory names
|
|||
|
|
command processor - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file in use error
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
File menu
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file name wildcards
|
|||
|
|
command processor - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file names
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command line, 3-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file specification wildcards
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FILES
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-18
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-14
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
files and directories
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INDEX
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
FIND
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-18
|
|||
|
|
fonts
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
Workabout sizes, 3-2
|
|||
|
|
FOR
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-18
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-15
|
|||
|
|
FORMAT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-18
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-15
|
|||
|
|
FREE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-19
|
|||
|
|
fuse
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-6
|
|||
|
|
GOTO
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-19
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-15
|
|||
|
|
GRAPHICS
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-19
|
|||
|
|
hard reset
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
hardware interrupts
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-21
|
|||
|
|
HC bar code reader
|
|||
|
|
conversion to Workabout connector, A-5
|
|||
|
|
help
|
|||
|
|
command processor - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-1
|
|||
|
|
HELP
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-19
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-15
|
|||
|
|
hot keys
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-2
|
|||
|
|
icons
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
IF
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-20
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-16
|
|||
|
|
Info menu
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c System Screen, C-8
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen, C-8
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-8
|
|||
|
|
INSTALL
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-20
|
|||
|
|
INTERLNK
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-20
|
|||
|
|
interrupts hardware
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-21
|
|||
|
|
INTERSVR
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-20
|
|||
|
|
key
|
|||
|
|
Backlight Workabout, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
iii
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Contrast Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Del Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Enter Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Menu Workabout, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
Off Workabout, 1-1, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
On/Esc Workabout, 1-1, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
Psion Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
key combination
|
|||
|
|
Ctrl-Esc Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Down Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Left Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Right Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Space Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Up Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Ctrl-B Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Esc Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
key Psion
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
KEYB
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-21
|
|||
|
|
keyboard
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
keyboards
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
keys special
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
Workabout batch file processing, 3-5
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command line editor, 3-5
|
|||
|
|
Keyword
|
|||
|
|
ERRORLEVEL, B-15
|
|||
|
|
KILL
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-21
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-16
|
|||
|
|
LABEL
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-21
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-16
|
|||
|
|
launching programs
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
command processor - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LCD display
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LDEV
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-21
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LH
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-22
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LINK
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-17
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
lithium battery
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LLDEV
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-22
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-17
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LOADFIX
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-22
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
LOADHIGH
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-22
|
|||
|
|
LOWBAT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-23
|
|||
|
|
LPDEV
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-23
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-18
|
|||
|
|
LPROC
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-23
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-18
|
|||
|
|
LSEG
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-23
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-19
|
|||
|
|
MASTER
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-24
|
|||
|
|
MD
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-24
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
MEM
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-24
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
MEMMAKER
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-24
|
|||
|
|
memory resident programs
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
command processor - HC - Workabout and
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MS-DOS, B-3
|
|||
|
|
menu accelerators
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-2
|
|||
|
|
menu names
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
menu options
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
MENUCOLOR
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-25
|
|||
|
|
MENUDEFAULT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-25
|
|||
|
|
MENUITEM
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-25
|
|||
|
|
MKDIR
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-25
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
MODE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-26
|
|||
|
|
MORE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-26
|
|||
|
|
mounting bracket
|
|||
|
|
VIC (Vehicle Interface Cradle), A-8
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
MOVE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-26
|
|||
|
|
MSAV
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-26
|
|||
|
|
MSBACKUP
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-27
|
|||
|
|
MSCDEX
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-27
|
|||
|
|
MSD
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-27
|
|||
|
|
NLSFUNC
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-27
|
|||
|
|
NOTIFY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-27
|
|||
|
|
NUMLOCK
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-28
|
|||
|
|
OFFENABLE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-28
|
|||
|
|
opl.dyl
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
oplts3.dyl
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
path
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command line, 3-7
|
|||
|
|
PATH
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-28
|
|||
|
|
path default
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
PAUSE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-28
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
pausing screen display
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
ports
|
|||
|
|
communications Workabout, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
Workabout expansion, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
POWER
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-29
|
|||
|
|
PRINT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-29
|
|||
|
|
processor Workabout
|
|||
|
|
NEC V30H, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
program launching
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-3
|
|||
|
|
programming
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-1
|
|||
|
|
programming choices
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-1
|
|||
|
|
programming examples
|
|||
|
|
Lcdtest Workabout, 2-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INDEX
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Tables Workabout, 2-8
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-8
|
|||
|
|
programming guidelines
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-6
|
|||
|
|
programs asynchronous
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-4
|
|||
|
|
programs synchronous
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-4
|
|||
|
|
programs terminating
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-4
|
|||
|
|
PROMPT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-29
|
|||
|
|
Psion-- hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Psion key
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
Psion-/ hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Psion-+ hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Psion-< hotkey
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Psion-> hotkey
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Psion-A hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-2
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-2
|
|||
|
|
Psion-B hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-2
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Ctrl-Del
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Diamond hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion-F hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-2
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor, C-2
|
|||
|
|
Psion-G hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Psion-K hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Psion-O hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Psion-S hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Shift-Ctrl-Del
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Space hotkey
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor, C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion-T hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Tab hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-5
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor, C-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Psion-U hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Psion-V hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion-W hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-5
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor, C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion-X hotkey
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-5
|
|||
|
|
Psion-Y hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-5
|
|||
|
|
QBASIC
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-29
|
|||
|
|
QUIT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-29
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
RD
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-30
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-21
|
|||
|
|
REASON
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-30
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-21
|
|||
|
|
REM
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-30
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-21
|
|||
|
|
REN
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-30
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-22
|
|||
|
|
REPLACE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-31
|
|||
|
|
reset cold
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
reset hard
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
reset soft
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
RESTORE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-31
|
|||
|
|
RESUME
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-31
|
|||
|
|
RMDIR
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-31
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-22
|
|||
|
|
ROM components
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
RS232 / bar code interface module
|
|||
|
|
specification, A-4
|
|||
|
|
RS232 / RS232 TTL interface module
|
|||
|
|
specification, A-3
|
|||
|
|
running programs
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
S$SVER
|
|||
|
|
environment variable Workabout, 2-10
|
|||
|
|
SCANDISK
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-31
|
|||
|
|
screen
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-6
|
|||
|
|
screen display pausing
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
serial numbers
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, A-2
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c and Workabout
|
|||
|
|
system screen differences, C-1
|
|||
|
|
SET
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-32
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-22
|
|||
|
|
SETDATE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-32
|
|||
|
|
SETDEF
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-32
|
|||
|
|
SETVER
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-33
|
|||
|
|
SHARE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-33
|
|||
|
|
SHEET
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-24
|
|||
|
|
SHELL
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-33
|
|||
|
|
shell replacing
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-33
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-24
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-D hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-2
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-E hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-2
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-F hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-M hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-N hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-3
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-O hotkey
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-S hotkey
|
|||
|
|
Workabout CommandProcessor, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-4
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-System hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-7
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-Tab hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-5
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor, C-6
|
|||
|
|
Shift-Psion-V hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-5
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Shift-System hotkey
|
|||
|
|
S3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-7
|
|||
|
|
SHIFT-TASK hotkey
|
|||
|
|
HC, C-7
|
|||
|
|
SMARTDRV
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-34
|
|||
|
|
soft reset
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
software customisation
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-3
|
|||
|
|
SORT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-34
|
|||
|
|
sound
|
|||
|
|
differences in SIBO systems, C-1
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
Special menu
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c System Screen, C-10
|
|||
|
|
Siena System Screen, C-10
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor, C-10
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-10
|
|||
|
|
specification technical
|
|||
|
|
docking station Workabout, A-10
|
|||
|
|
RS232 / bar code interface module, A-4
|
|||
|
|
RS232 / RS232 TTL interface module, A-3
|
|||
|
|
Vehicle Interface Cradle (VIC), A-5
|
|||
|
|
VIC (1 port and vehicle power option), A-7
|
|||
|
|
VIC (3 port and vehicle power option), A-6
|
|||
|
|
VIC conventional 9-Pin RS232 serial ports,
|
|||
|
|
A-9
|
|||
|
|
VIC extended 15-way RS232 serial port,
|
|||
|
|
A-9
|
|||
|
|
VIC mounting bracket, A-8
|
|||
|
|
VIC Psion LIF connector, A-9
|
|||
|
|
VIC vehicle power input connector, A-8
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, A-1
|
|||
|
|
SSD drives
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
START
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-34
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-25
|
|||
|
|
start up SSD
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-2
|
|||
|
|
startup shell
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-2, 2-3
|
|||
|
|
STOP
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-34
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-25
|
|||
|
|
SUBMENU
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-35
|
|||
|
|
SUBST
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-35
|
|||
|
|
SUSPEND
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-35
|
|||
|
|
Switch task
|
|||
|
|
key press, C-7
|
|||
|
|
synchronous programs
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INDEX
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SYS
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-35
|
|||
|
|
sys$cmdp.img
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
sys$ctry.cfo
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
sys$ctry.int
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
sys$gsys.cmdp
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
sys$gsys.img
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
sys$shll.img
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-9, 2-3, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
sys$wsrv.img
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-3
|
|||
|
|
system interfaces multiple
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
system screen
|
|||
|
|
adding applications Workabout, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
differences Series 3a/c and Workabout, C-1
|
|||
|
|
differences Workabout and Series 3a/c, C-1
|
|||
|
|
replacing Workabout, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 1-2, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
TASK hotkey
|
|||
|
|
HC, C-7
|
|||
|
|
Task switch
|
|||
|
|
forwards
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c and Siena, C-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Task switch backwards
|
|||
|
|
HC, C-7
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-7
|
|||
|
|
Task switch forwards
|
|||
|
|
HC, C-7
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen and Command
|
|||
|
|
Processor, C-7
|
|||
|
|
TERMINATE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-35
|
|||
|
|
TIME
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-36
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-25
|
|||
|
|
Time menu
|
|||
|
|
Series 3a/c and Siena System Screen, C-11
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Command Processor, C-11
|
|||
|
|
Workabout System Screen, C-11
|
|||
|
|
TREE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-36
|
|||
|
|
TYPE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-36
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-26
|
|||
|
|
UNDELETE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-36
|
|||
|
|
UNFORMAT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-37
|
|||
|
|
user interface
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
WORKABOUT PROGRAMMING GUIDE
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Vehicle Interface Cradle (VIC)
|
|||
|
|
specification, A-5
|
|||
|
|
VER
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-37
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-26
|
|||
|
|
VERIFY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-37
|
|||
|
|
VIC (Vehicle Interface Cradle)
|
|||
|
|
1 port and vehicle power option, A-7
|
|||
|
|
3 port and vehicle power option, A-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
conventional 9-Pin RS232 serial ports, A-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
extended 15-way RS232 serial port, A-9
|
|||
|
|
mounting bracket, A-8
|
|||
|
|
Psion LIF Connector, A-9
|
|||
|
|
specification, A-5
|
|||
|
|
vehicle power input connector, A-8
|
|||
|
|
VOL
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-37
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-26
|
|||
|
|
VSAFE
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-38
|
|||
|
|
WAIT
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-38
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command, 3-26
|
|||
|
|
wildcards
|
|||
|
|
in Workabout file specification, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
window server
|
|||
|
|
Workabout, 2-3
|
|||
|
|
WNOTIFY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-38
|
|||
|
|
Workabout
|
|||
|
|
add files, 2-7
|
|||
|
|
adding system screen applications, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
ALM no access, 2-7
|
|||
|
|
autoexec file, 2-5
|
|||
|
|
autoexec.btf, 1-2
|
|||
|
|
basic hardware, 1-2
|
|||
|
|
basic software, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
batch file processing, 3-3
|
|||
|
|
clock rate, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
cold reset, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
command line editor, 3-5
|
|||
|
|
command processor, 1-2, 1-9, 3-1
|
|||
|
|
command processor menus, 3-1
|
|||
|
|
command syntax, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
command syntax restrictions, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
commands alphabetic listing, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
communications ports, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
connecting, 1-11
|
|||
|
|
connecting hardware, 1-11
|
|||
|
|
connecting software, 1-11
|
|||
|
|
customising, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
customising hardware, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
customising software, 1-11
|
|||
|
|
data integrity, 2-6
|
|||
|
|
directory current, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
docking station (Cradle), 1-4
|
|||
|
|
docking station battery pack slot, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
viii
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
environment variables - specific, 2-10
|
|||
|
|
events, 2-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file in use error, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
file names in command line, 3-7
|
|||
|
|
files and directories, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
font sizes, 3-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
fonts, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
fuse, 1-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
hard reset, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
hardware interrupts, 3-21
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
holster, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
introduction to, 1-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
keyboard, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
keys special, 1-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
lithium battery, 1-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
non system screen applications, 2-6
|
|||
|
|
opl.dyl, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
oplts3.dyl, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
path default, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
path in command line, 3-7
|
|||
|
|
pausing screen display, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
power supplies, 1-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
program launching, 3-3
|
|||
|
|
programming, 2-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
programming choices, 2-1
|
|||
|
|
programming examples, 2-8
|
|||
|
|
programming examples Lcdtest, 2-10
|
|||
|
|
programming examples tables, 2-8
|
|||
|
|
programming guidelines, 2-6
|
|||
|
|
programs asynchronous, 3-4
|
|||
|
|
programs synchronous, 3-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
RAM internal, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ROM, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ROM components, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
screen, 1-6
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
serial numbers, A-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
soft reset, 1-10
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
software customisation, 2-3
|
|||
|
|
sound, 1-8
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
specification, A-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
SSDs, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
start up SSD, 1-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
startup shell, 1-2, 2-3
|
|||
|
|
synchronous or asynchronous, 2-2
|
|||
|
|
sys$cmdp.img, 1-9, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
sys$ctry.cfo, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sys$ctry.int, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sys$gsys.cmdp, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sys$gsys.img, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
sys$shll.img, 1-9, 2-3, 2-4
|
|||
|
|
sys$wsrv.img, 2-3
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
system interfaces multiple, 3-6
|
|||
|
|
system screen, 1-2, 1-9
|
|||
|
|
terminating programs, 3-4
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
user interface, 2-2
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
wildcards in file specification, 3-8
|
|||
|
|
WLD no access, 2-7
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout and Series 3a/c
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
system screen differences, C-1
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout bar code reader
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
conversion of old HC reader, A-5
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ATTRIB, 3-9
|
|||
|
|
CALC, 3-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
INDEX
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
CALL, 3-9
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
ERRLEVEL, 3-14
|
|||
|
|
EXIT, 3-14
|
|||
|
|
FILES, 3-14
|
|||
|
|
FOR, 3-15
|
|||
|
|
FORMAT, 3-15
|
|||
|
|
GOTO, 3-15
|
|||
|
|
HELP, 3-15
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
IF, 3-16
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
KILL, 3-16
|
|||
|
|
LABEL, 3-16
|
|||
|
|
LINK, 3-17
|
|||
|
|
LLDEV, 3-17
|
|||
|
|
LPDEV, 3-18
|
|||
|
|
LPROC, 3-18
|
|||
|
|
LSEG, 3-19
|
|||
|
|
MD, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
MEM, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
MKDIR, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
PAUSE, 3-20
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
START, 3-25
|
|||
|
|
STOP, 3-25
|
|||
|
|
TIME, 3-25
|
|||
|
|
TYPE, 3-26
|
|||
|
|
VER, 3-26
|
|||
|
|
VOL, 3-26
|
|||
|
|
WAIT, 3-26
|
|||
|
|
Workabout command processor
|
|||
|
|
differences from system screen, C-1
|
|||
|
|
Workabout Docking Station
|
|||
|
|
specification, A-10
|
|||
|
|
Workabout processor
|
|||
|
|
NEC V30H, 1-3
|
|||
|
|
Workabout special keys
|
|||
|
|
batch file processing, 3-5
|
|||
|
|
command line editor, 3-5
|
|||
|
|
Workabout system screen
|
|||
|
|
differences from command processor, C-1
|
|||
|
|
XCOPY
|
|||
|
|
command differences - HC - Workabout
|
|||
|
|
and MS-DOS, B-38
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|